The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.
If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer. Printed in recycled paper without chlorine. O W N E R H A N D B O O K
F I A T P U N T OENGLISH
PUNTO ACTUAL UM GB:PUNTO UM GB 28-07-2009 12:43 Pagina 1
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Punto.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all the features of your car and use it in the best possible way.
You should read it right through before taking to the road for the first time.
You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you get the most from the techno-logical features of your Fiat.
Carefully read the warnings and indications, marked with the following symbols:
personal safety;
the car’s wellbeing;
environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its customers:
❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity
❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat customers.
Enjoy the read. Happy motoring!
This Owner Handbook describes all versions of the Fiat Punto; please consider only the information relevant to your version, engine and configuration.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 1
READ THIS CAREFULLY!
�
K
REFUELLING
Petrol engines: refuel only with unleaded petrol with an octane rating (RON) of no less than 95 conforming tothe European specification EN 228.
Diesel engines: refuel only with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590.The use of other products or mixtures may damage the engine beyond repair and consequently invalidate the war-ranty, depending on the damage caused.
STARTING THE ENGINE
Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged, set the gearshift lever to neutral, fully depress the clutchwithout pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
Diesel engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged, set the gearshift lever to neutral, fully depress the clutchwithout pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the warning lights Y and m togo off; turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL
The catalytic converter develops high temperatures during operation. Do not park the vehicle on grass, dry leaves,pine needles or other flammable material: fire hazard.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to en-sure better respect for the environment.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 2
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (with the risk of gradually draining the battery), visita Fiat Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s electrical system cansupport the required load.
CODE card
Keep it in a safe place, not in the car. You should have the electronic code from the CODE card with you at alltimes.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.
THE OWNER’S HANDBOOK CONTAINS…
... important information, advice and warnings for correct use, driving safety and maintenance of your car over time.Pay special attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (protecting the environment) ! (risk of serious damageto the vehicle).
�
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 3
4
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
DASHBOARD ...................................................................... 5
SYMBOLS ............................................................................... 6
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM ................................................. 6
THE KEYS .............................................................................. 8
ALARM ................................................................................... 10
IGNITION ............................................................................. 12
INSTRUMENT PANEL ........................................................ 13
INSTRUMENTS .................................................................... 14
DIGITAL DISPLAY ............................................................... 16
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ............................................ 21
TRIP COMPUTER ................................................................ 30
FRONT SEATS ..................................................................... 32
REAR SEATS .......................................................................... 33
HEAD RESTRAINTS ........................................................... 34
STEERING WHEEL .............................................................. 35
MIRRORS ............................................................................... 35
HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM .................... 37
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................... 41
EXTERIOR LIGHTS ............................................................. 47
WINDOW CLEANING ..................................................... 49
CEILING COURTESY LIGHTS ......................................... 51
CONTROLS ........................................................................ 53
FUEL CUT-OFF SYSTEM ................................................... 55
INTERIOR FITTINGS........................................................... 56
SKYDOME SUNROOF ....................................................... 60
DOORS .................................................................................. 62
ELECTRIC WINDOW OPENING ................................. 65
BOOT ..................................................................................... 67
BONNET ............................................................................... 70
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK .................................................... 71
HEADLIGHTS ....................................................................... 72
ABS SYSTEM ......................................................................... 74
ESP SYSTEM .......................................................................... 75
EOBD SYSTEM ..................................................................... 78
“DUAL DRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM ............................................................. 79
START&STOP SYSTEM ...................................................... 81
SYSTÈME GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR ............................. 86
SOUND SYSTEM ................................................................. 87
ABILITY TO INSTALL A PORTABLE NAVIGATION SYSTEM ..................................................... 88
ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER ......... 88
REFEULLING THE CAR ..................................................... 90
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ........................... 91
CCOONNTTRROOLLSS AANNDD DDEEVVIICCEESS
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 4
DASHBOARD
The presence and position of the controls, the instruments and the indicators may vary according to the versions.
1. Adjustable side air vents – 2. Fixed side air vents – 3. Left-hand lever: exterior lights control – 4. Instrument panel – 5. Right-hand lever: front and rear windscreen wiper controls, trip computer – 6. Controls on dashboard – 7. Adjustable central air vents– 8. Fixed upper air vent – 9. Front airbag, passenger side – 10. Glove compartment – 11. Sound system (for versions/marketswhere provided) – 12. HVAC controls – 13. Ignition – 14. Front airbag, driver’s side – 15. Steering wheel adjustment lever – 16. Controls display: fog light/rear fog lamp/headlamp alignment adjustment/digital display/multifunction display.
5
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
F0M0400m
fig. 1
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 5
6
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S SYMBOLS
Special coloured labels have been attachednear or actually on some of the compo-nents of your Fiat Punto. These labels bearsymbols that remind you of the precau-tions to be taken as regards that particu-lar component.
The plate summarising the symbols usedcan be found under the bonnet fig. 2.
THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM
This is an electrical engine locking sys-tem which increases protection againstan attempted theft of the car. It is auto-matically activated when the ignition keyis extracted.
Each key contains an electronic devicewhich modulates the signal emitted dur-ing ignition by an antenna built into theignition device. This signal is the ‘pass-word’ which changes at each ignition andwhich the control unit uses to recognisethe key and enable ignition.
fig. 2 F0M0005m
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 6
7
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIn this case, turn the key to STOP andthen back to MAR; try with the otherkeys provided if the problem persists.Contact a Fiat Dealership if you still can-not start the engine.
Warning light Y coming on when driving
❒ If the warning light Y turns on, thismeans that the system is running a self-test (for example for a voltage drop).
❒ If the warning light Y stays on, con-tact a Fiat Dealership.
The electronic componentsinside the key may be dam-aged if the key is subjected tosharp knocks.
OPERATION
Each time the vehicle is started turning theignition key to MAR, the Fiat CODE sys-tem control unit sends a recognition codeto the engine control unit to deactivatethe inhibitor.
The code is sent only if the Fiat CODEsystem control unit has recognised thecode transmitted from the key.
Each time the ignition key is turned toSTOP, the Fiat CODE system deactivatesthe functions of the engine control unit.
If the code has not been recognised cor-rectly, the warning light Y turns on ac-companied by the related message on thedisplay.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 7
8
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROLfig. 4(for versions/markets, where provided)
The metal insert A enables:
❒ the ignition;
❒ the door locks;
❒ the fuel cap lock/release (for versions/markets, where provided).
To open/close the metal insert, pressbutton B.
Button Ë is used for unlocking the doorsand the boot.
Button Á is used for locking the doors andthe boot.
Button R is used to open the boot re-motely.
When unlocking the doors, the passengercompartment lights will come on fora preset time.
THE KEYS
CODE CARD fig. 3 (for versions/markets, where provided)
The car is delivered with two copies of theignition key and with the CODE cardwhich bears the following:
A the electronic code;
B the mechanical key code to be given tothe Fiat Dealership when ordering du-plicate keys.
You should have the electronic code A-fig. 3 with you at all times.
IMPORTANT In order to ensure com-plete efficiency of the electronic devicesinside the keys, they should never be ex-posed to direct sunlight.
All the keys and the CODEcard must be handed over tothe new owner when sellingthe car.
fig. 3 F0M0351m
Press button B only with thekey away from your body,
specifically from your eyes and fromobjects which could get damaged (e.g.your clothes). Do not leave the keyunattended to avoid the button beingaccidentally pressed while it is beinghandled, e.g. by a child.
WARNING
fig. 4 F0M0394mfig.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 8
9
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
Dashboard LED indications
When locking the doors, LED A-fig. 5switches on for about 3 seconds and thanstarts flashing (deterrence function).
Once doors are locked, if one or moredoors or the boot are not closed cor-rectly, the LED and direction indicatorsstart flashing quickly.
fig. 5 F0M0013m
fig. 7
fig. 6 F0M0395m
F0M0396m
REPLACING THE BATTERY OF THE KEY WITH REMOTECONTROL fig. 6
To replace the battery, proceed as fol-lows:
❒ press button A and open the metal in-sert B;
❒ turn the screw C to : using a finescrewdriver;
❒ take out the battery case D and replacethe battery E, respecting its polarity;
❒ refit the battery case D inside the keyand lock it turning the screw C to Á.
REPLACEMENT OF REMOTECONTROL COVER fig. 7
To replace the remote control cover, fol-low the procedure shown in the diagram.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 9
10
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
KEY WITHOUT REMOTECONTROL fig. 8
The metal insert of the key A is fixed.
The key operates:
❒ the ignition;
❒ the door locks;
❒ the fuel tank cap lock (for versions/markets, where provided).
fig. 8 F0M0352m
ALARM
The car alarm system is available at Lin-eaccessori Fiat.
Used batteries are harmful tothe environment. You can dis-pose of them either in thecorrect containers as speci-
fied by law or by taking them to a FiatDealership, which will deal with theirdisposal.
Requesting additional remote controls
The system acknowledges up to 8 remotecontrols. Should a new remote control benecessary, contact a Fiat Dealership, tak-ing with you the CODE card, a personalidentity document and the car’s owner-ship documents.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 10
11
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SThe main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:
Type of key
Key without remote control
Key with remote control
Visual indication
Direction indicators flashing (only for key with remote control)
Deterrence LED
Unlocking the doors
Turn key anticlockwise(driver’s side)
Turn key anticlockwise(driver’s side)
Press briefly button Ë
blinks twice
Off
Door lockingfrom
the outside
Turn key clockwise(driver’s side)
Turn key clockwise(driver’s side)
Press briefly button Á
blinks once
Lit for about 3 seconds followedby deterrence LED flashing
Dead Lock activation
(*)
–
–
Press twice button Á
blinks three times
Double flash, followed by deterrence flashing
Unlocking the boot
–
–
Press briefly button R
blinks twice
Deterrence LED
(*) For versions/markets, where provided.
IMPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocking control; window closing operation is a consequenceof a door locking control.
Opening windows
(*)
–
–
Hold downbutton Ë for morethan two seconds)
blinks twice
Off
Closing windows
(*)
–
–
Hold downbutton Á for morethan two seconds)
blinks once
Deterrence LED
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 11
12
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S IGNITION
The key can be turned to 3 different po-sitions fig. 9:
❒ STOP: engine off, key can be extract-ed, steering locked. Some electrical de-vices (e.g. sound system, central doorlocking system, etc.) can function.
❒ MAR: driving position. All electricaldevices can function.
❒ AVV: engine starting (temporary posi-tion).
The ignition device is fitted with an elec-tronic safety system that, in the event theengine fails to start, turns back the ignitionkey to STOP before repeating the start-ing operation.
STEERING LOCK
Engagement
When the key is in position STOP, re-move it and turn the steering wheel untilit locks.
Disengagement
Rock the steering wheel slightly as youturn the key to MAR.
If the ignition device hasbeen tampered with (e.g. an
attempted theft), have it checkedover by a Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible.
WARNING
Always remove the key whenyou leave your car to pre-
vent someone from accidentally op-erating the controls. Remember toengage the handbrake. Engage firstgear if the car is parked uphill or re-verse if the car is parked downhill.Never leave children unattended inthe car.
WARNING
fig. 9 F0M0015m
Never extract the key whilethe vehicle is moving. The
steering wheel would lock automati-cally as soon as it is turned. This alsoapplies to when the car is towed.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out any after-market
operation involving steering system orsteering column modifications (e.g. in-stallation of anti-theft device) thatcould badly affect performance andsafety, invalidate the warranty andalso result in the car not complyingwith regulations.
WARNING
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 12
13
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SINSTRUMENT PANEL
Versions with digital display
A Speedometer
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warninglight
C Engine coolant temperature gauge andexcessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Digital display
Versions with multifunction display
A Speedometer
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warninglight
C Engine coolant temperature gauge andexcessive temperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Multifunction display
F0M0401m
fig. 10
F0M0402m
fig. 11
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 13
14
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S INSTRUMENTS
Instrument background colour and typemay vary according to the version.
SPEEDOMETER fig. 12
This shows the speed of the vehicle.
REV COUNTER fig. 13
The rev counter shows the number of en-gine revolutions per minute.
IMPORTANT The electronic injectioncontrol system gradually shuts off the flowof fuel when the engine is over-revving, re-sulting in a gradual loss of engine power.
When the engine is idling, the rev countermay indicate a gradual or sudden increaseof the rate.
This is normal and does not indicate a fault.It may be caused, for example, by the op-eration of the climate control system orfan. In these cases, a slow change in revsis used to protect the battery charge.
fig. 12 F0M0405m fig. 13 F0M0406m
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 14
15
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE fig. 14
This shows the amount of fuel left inthe tank.
E tank empty.
F full tank.
The reserve warning light A turns on toindicate that approximately 7 litres of fuel are left in the tank.
Do not travel with the fuel tank almostempty: the gaps in fuel delivery could dam-age the catalyst.
See the description in the “Refuelling”paragraph.
IMPORTANT The needle will point to Eand warning light A will blink to indicatea fault in the system. If this happens, goto a Fiat Dealership to have the systemchecked.
ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE fig. 15
This shows the temperature of the enginecoolant fluid and starts working when thefluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C.
Under normal usage, the needle shouldhover around the middle of the scale ac-cording to the working conditions.
C Low engine coolant temperature.
H High engine coolant temperature.
Warning light B may light up (and a mes-sage on the multifunctional display may ap-pear in certain versions) to indicate thatthe coolant fluid temperature is too high;in this case, stop the engine and contacta Fiat Dealership.
If the needle reaches the redarea, stop the engine imme-diately and contact a FiatDealership.
fig. 14 F0M0407m fig. 15 F0M0408m
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 15
16
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S DIGITAL DISPLAY
STANDARD SCREEN fig. 16
The standard screen shows the followinginformation:
A Headlamp alignment position (onlywith dipped headlamps on).
B Time (always displayed, even with keyextracted and front doors closed)
C Odometer (distance covered in kilo-metres or miles) and TRIP computerdata.
NB With key removed (when openingone of the front doors) the display turnson and shows for a few seconds the timeand distance covered.
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 17
+ To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options upwards or to in-crease the displayed value.
MENU Press briefly to display the menuESC menu and/or go to next screen
or confirm the required menuoption.Hold down to go back to thestandard screen.
– To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options downwards or to decrease the displayed value.
NB Buttons + and – activate differentfunctions according to the following sit-uations:
Controlling the car’s interior lights
– on the standard screen, they control in-strument panel brightness, the sound sys-tem and the automatic climate controlsystem.
Setup menu
– within the menu, they scroll up anddown;– during settings operations, they increaseor decrease values.
fig. 16 F0M0119m fig. 17 F0M0122m
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 16
17
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSETUP MENUThe menu comprises a series of functionsarranged in a circle which can be select-ed through the + and – buttons to accessthe different operations and settings de-scribed in the following paragraphs.
The setup menu can be activated by brieflypressing the MENU ESC button.
Single presses on the + and – buttons willscroll the setup menu options.
Management modes differ from each oth-er according to the option selected.
Selecting a menu option
– briefly press the MENU ESC button toselect the menu option to set;
– press the + and – buttons (with singlepresses) to select the new setting;
– press briefly the MENU ESC button tostore the new setting and go back to theprevious menu option.
Selecting “Set Clock”
– briefly press the MENU ESC button toselect the first value to change (hours);
– press the + and – buttons (with singlepresses) to select the new setting;
– briefly press the MENU ESC button tostore the new setting and go to the nextsetup menu option (minutes);
– after setting the values with the sameprocedure, go back to the previous menuitem.
Hold down the MENU ESC button:– to quit the setup menu if you are in themenu;– to quit to the menu if you are settingan option;– to save only the settings already stored(and confirmed by pressing the MENUESC button).
The setup menu page is timed. Only thechanges stored by the user by brieflypressing the MENU ESC button aresaved when the menu is automaticallyclosed.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 17
18
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SOn the standard screen, briefly press MENU ESC tostart browsing. Press + or – to browse within the menu.NB For safety reasons, only the short menu may be accessed while the car is moving (“SPEEd” setting). Stopthe car to access the full menu.
F0M1007i
+
–
+– +
–
+–
+
–
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 18
19
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSetting the speed limit (SPEEd)
With this function, it is possible to set thecar speed limit (km/h or mph). When thislimit is exceeded, the driver is immediatelyalerted (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).
To set the desired speed limit, proceed asfollows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – the mes-sage (SPEEd) and the previously set unit(km/h) or (mph) will appear on the display;
– press + or – to activate (On) or deac-tivate (Off) the speed limit;
– if the function is on, press + or – to se-lect the required speed limit and thenpress MENU ESC to confirm;
NB The speed may be set in the rangefrom 30 to 200 km/h, or from 20 to125 mph according to the previously cho-sen unit (see “Setting the distance unit(Unit)” below). The setting will in-crease/decrease by five units each time+/– is pressed. Hold down +/– to in-crease/decrease the setting rapidly. Whenyou get close to the desired value, finishthe setting with single presses.
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:
– briefly press MENU ESC: (On) willflash on the display;
– press –: (Off) will flash on the display;
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
Setting the clock (Hour)
With this function, it is possible to set thetime.
To do so, proceed as follows:– briefly press MENU ESC – the “hours”will flash on the display;– press + or – to set the value;– briefly press MENU ESC – the “min-utes” will flash on the display;– press + or – to set the value;
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
Adjusting the buzzer volume(BUZZ)
This function is used to adjust the volumeof the buzzer that sounds in the eventof failure/warning indications and whenthe MENU ESC, + and – buttons arepressed.
To set the desired volume, proceed asfollows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – the displaywill show the wording (bUZZ);
– press + or – to select the required vol-ume (adjustable over 8 levels).
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 19
20
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S Passenger front and side airbag activation/deactivation (BAG P)(for versions/markets, where provided)
This function is used to activate/deactivatethe front passenger’s air bag.
Proceed as follows:
❒ press MENU ESC and, after the mes-sage BAG P OFF (to deactivate) orBAG P On (to activate) is displayed bypressing buttons + or –, press MENUESC again;
❒ the confirmation request message willbe displayed;
❒ press + or – to select YES (confirmingactivation/deactivation) or no (to abort);
❒ briefly press MENU ESC to confirmsetting and go back to the menu screenor hold the button down to go back tothe standard screen without saving.
MENU ESC
MENU ESC
MENU ESC
–+
–+
–+
–+
F0M
1001
i
F0M
1003
i
F0M
1002
iF0
M10
05i
F0M
1006
i
F0M
1002
i
F0M
1003
i
Setting the distance unit (Unit)
With this function, it is possible to set thedistance unit.
To do so, proceed as follows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – the displaywill show the wording (Unit) and the pre-viously set unit (km) or (mi);
– press + or – to select the required dis-tance unit.
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 20
21
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 19
+ To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options upwards or to in-crease the displayed value.
MENU Press briefly to display the menuESC and/or go to the next screen or
confirm your choice.Hold down to go back to thestandard screen.
– To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options downwards or to de-crease the value displayed.
MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY(for versions/markets, where provided)
The car can be equipped with the multi-function display that, depending on previ-ous settings, shows useful informationwhen driving.
STANDARD SCREEN fig. 18The standard screen shows the followinginformation:A Date.B Odometer (distance covered in km or
miles).C Time (always displayed, even with key
removed from the ignition and frontdoors closed).
D External temperature.E Headlight alignment position (only
with dipped beam headlights on).NB When one of the front doors isopened, the display turns on and showsfor a few seconds the time and distancecovered.
fig. 18 F0M0121m
NB The + and – buttons activate differ-ent functions according to the followingsituations:
Controlling the car’s interior lights
– on the standard screen, they control in-strument panel brightness, the sound sys-tem and the automatic climate controlsystem.
Setup menu
– within the menu, they scroll up anddown;– during settings operations, they increaseor decrease values.
fig. 19 F0M0122m
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 21
22
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S SETUP MENU fig. 20The menu comprises a series of functionsarranged in a circle which can be select-ed through the + and – buttons to accessthe different operations and settings de-scribed in the following paragraphs. A sub-menu is provided for some items (clockand unit setting).The setup menu can be activated by brieflypressing MENU ESC.Single presses on + or – will scroll the set-up menu options.Management modes differ from each oth-er according to the option selected.
Selecting an option from the main menuwithout a submenu– Briefly press MENU ESC to select themain menu option to set.– Press + or – (with single presses) to se-lect the new setting;– briefly press MENU ESC to store thenew setting and go back to the previousmain menu option.
Selecting “Set Date” and “Set time”:– Briefly press MENU ESC to select thefirst value to change (e.g. hours/minutesor year/month/day).– Press + or – (with single presses) to se-lect the new setting;– Briefly press MENU ESC to store thenew setting and go to the next setup menuoption: if this is the last one you will goback to the previous menu option.
Hold down MENU ESC:– to quit the set up menu if you are in themain menu;– to quit the main menu if you are in an-other point of the menu (e.g. at submenuoption setting level, at submenu level orat main menu option setting level);– to save only the settings already stored(and confirmed by pressing the MENUESC button).The setup menu environment is timed.Only the changes saved by the user bybriefly pressing MENU ESC will bestored when the menu is automaticallyclosed.
Selecting an option from the main menu witha submenu:– briefly press MENU ESC to display thefirst submenu option;– Press + or – (with single presses) toscroll all the submenu options.– Briefly press MENU ESC to select thedisplayed submenu option and open therelevant setup menu.– Press + or – (with single presses) to select the new setting for this submenuoption.– briefly press MENU ESC to store thenew setting and go back to the previoussubmenu option.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 22
23
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
Day
Year Month
Deutsch
Português
English
Español
Français
Italiano
Nederland
Polski
Example:
fig. 20
Example:On the standard screen, briefly press MENU ESCto start browsing. Press + or – to browse within the menu. NB For safety reasons, only the short menu may beaccessed while the car is moving (“Speed Beep” set-ting). Stop the car to access the full menu.
F0M1038g
MENU ESCbrief press
of the button
+
–+–
–+
–
–
–+
+ +
+–
–
–
–
+
+
–
–+
+–
EXIT MENU
SPEED BEEP
SET TIME
SET DATE
SEE RADIO
AUTOCLOSE
DISTANCE UNIT
LANGUAGE
ALERT VOLUME
BUTTON VOLUME
SERVICE
PASSENGER BAG
– +
TRIP DATA B
MENU ESC brief press of the button
+
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 23
24
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S – briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:
– briefly press MENU ESC: (On) willflash on the display;
– press –: (Off) will flash on the display;
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
Trip B activation (tripB data)
This function may be used to activate(On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B display(partial trip).
For more information see the “Trip com-puter” section.
For activation/deactivation, proceed as fol-lows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – On or Offwill flash on the display (depending on pre-vious setting);
DISPLAY FUNCTIONS
Speed limit (Speed Beep)
This function is used to set the car speedlimit (km/h or mph); the driver is imme-diately alerted when this limit is ex-ceeded (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).
To set the desired speed limit, proceed asfollows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – the displaywill show the wording (Speed Buzz);
– press + or – to select speed limit acti-vation (On) or deactivation (Off);
– if the function is on, press + or – to se-lect the required speed limit and thenpress MENU ESC to confirm;
NB The speed may be set in the range from30 to 200 km/h, or from 20 to 125 mph ac-cording to the previously chosen unit (see“Setting the distance unit (Unit)” describedbelow). The setting will increase/decreaseby five units each time +/– is pressed. Holddown +/– to increase/decrease the settingrapidly. Complete the setting with singlepresses of the button when the requiredsetting is approached.
– press + or – to make your choice;
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
Setting the clock (Set time)This function allows you to set the clockthrough two submenus: “Time” and“Mode”.To carry out the adjustment, proceed asfollows:– briefly press MENU ESC – the displaywill show the two sub-menus “Time” and“Mode”;– press + or – to switch between the twosub-menus;– select the required option and thenpress MENU ESC briefly;– if selecting “Time”, briefly press MENUESC – the “hours” will flash on the display;– press + or – to set the value;– briefly press MENU ESC – the “min-utes” will flash on the display;
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 24
25
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSetting date (Set Date)Using this function it is possible to changethe date (day – month – year).To update, proceed as follows:– briefly press MENU ESC – “day” (dd)will flash on the display;– press + or – to set the value;– briefly press MENU ESC – “month”(mm) will flash on the display;– press + or – to set the value;– briefly press MENU ESC – “year”(yyyy) will flash on the display;
– press + or – to make the adjustment.NB The setting increases or decreases byone unit each time + or – is pressed. Holdthe button down to increase/decrease thesetting rapidly. Complete the setting withsingle presses of the button when you ap-proach the required setting.– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
– press + or – to adjust the value;– if selecting “Mode”, briefly press MENUESC – the mode will flash on the display;– press + or – to select “24h” or “12h”. When you have made the required ad-justments, briefly press MENU ESC togo back to the menu screen or hold thebutton down to go back to the main menuwithout saving. – hold MENU ESC down to go back tothe standard screen or main menu, de-pending on where you are in the menu.
Initial page (display of informationon the main screen) (for versions/markets, where provided)
This function allows you to choose the in-formation you would like to see on themain screen. You can choose to display thedate or the turbocharger boost pressure.
To make your choice, proceed as follows:– briefly press MENU ESC – “Initialpage” will appear on the display;– briefly press MENU ESC once again toshow the display options “Date” and “En-gine info”;– press + or – to select the informationyou wish to see on the main page of thedisplay;– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
When the key is turned to MAR and theinitial check stage is over, the display willshow the information selected via the “Ini-tial page” menu function.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 25
26
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S Automatic central door lockingwith car running (Autoclose)
When activated (On), this function auto-matically locks the doors when the carspeed exceeds 20 km/h.
To activate (On) or deactivate (Off) thisfunction, proceed as follows:
– briefly press MENU ESC to displaya submenu;
– briefly press MENU ESC – On or Offwill flash on the display (depending on theprevious setting);
– press + or – to make your choice;
– briefly press MENU ESC to go back tothe submenu screen or hold the buttondown to go back to the main menu with-out saving.– hold MENU ESC down again to goback to the standard screen or mainmenu, depending on where you are in themenu.
Audio information (See sound system)With this function the display shows in-formation relevant to the sound system.– Radio: selected radio station frequencyor RDS message, automatic tuning acti-vation or AutoSTore;– CD, MP3: track number;– CD Changer: CD number and tracknumber;To show the sound system information inthe display (On) or clear it (Off), proceedas follows:– briefly press MENU ESC – On or Offwill flash on the display (depending on theprevious setting);– press + or – to make your choice; – briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
Setting measurement units (Units of measurement)
With this function it is possible to set themeasurement units through three sub-menus: “Distance”, “Consumption” and“Temperature”.
To set the desired measurement unit, pro-ceed as follows:
– briefly press MENU ESC to display thethree sub-menus;
– press + or – to switch between thethree sub-menus;
– select the required option and thenpress MENU ESC briefly;
– if selecting “Distance”: briefly pressMENU ESC and the display will show“km” or “mi” (depending on the previoussetting);
– press + or – to make your choice;
– if selecting “Consumption”: briefly pressMENU ESC and the display will show“km/l”, “l/100km” or “mpg” (depending onthe previous setting);
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 26
27
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSelecting language (Language)
Display messages can be shown in differ-ent languages: Italian, English, German,Portuguese, Spanish, French, Polish andDutch.
To set the required language, proceed asfollows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – the previ-ously set language will flash on the display;
– press + or – to make your choice;
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
Adjusting the failure/warningbuzzer volume (Alert Volume)
This function allows the volume of thebuzzer which accompanies the display offailures/warnings to be adjusted (over8 levels).
To set the desired volume, proceed as fol-lows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – the previ-ously set volume level will flash on the dis-play;
– press + or – to set the value;
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
If the distance unit set is “km” the fuel con-sumption unit will be displayed in km/l orl/100km.
If the distance unit set is “mi” the fuel con-sumption unit will be displayed in “mpg”.
– press + or – to make your choice;
– if selecting “Temperature”: briefly press MENU ESC and the display will show“C” or “F” (depending on the previoussetting);
– press + or – to make your choice;When you have made the adjustment,briefly press MENU ESC to go back tothe sub-menu screen or hold the buttondown to go back to the main menu with-out saving. – hold down MENU ESC again to goback to the standard screen or mainmenu, depending on where you are in themenu.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 27
28
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S Adjusting the button volume (Button Vol.)
This function may be used to adjust (over8 levels) the volume of the noise madewhen the MENU ESC, + and – buttonsare pressed.
To set the desired volume, proceed as fol-lows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – the previ-ously set volume level will flash on the dis-play;
– press + or – to set the value;
– briefly press MENU ESC to return tothe menu screen or hold the button downto return to the standard screen withoutsaving.
Scheduled Servicing (Service)
Through this function it is possible to dis-play information related to regular sched-uling intervals.
This information can be consulted as follows:
– briefly press MENU ESC – service in-tervals in km or mi, depending on theprevious setting, will be displayed (see“Measurement units” section);
– briefly press MENU ESC to go back tothe menu screen or hold the button downto go back to the standard screen.
NB The “Scheduled Service Plan” re-quires the vehicle to be serviced every30,000 km (or 18,000 mi). This indicationwill appear automatically, with the key atMAR, starting from 2,000 km (or1,240 mi) and will be displayed every200 km (or 124 mi). Below 200 km the sig-nals become more frequent. The indica-tion will appear in kilometres or miles de-pending on the unit of measurementsettings. When the next scheduled serviceis approaching, and when the key is turnedto MAR, the message “Service” will ap-pear on the display followed by the num-ber of kilometres or miles left. Go to a Fi-at Dealership, where the “ScheduledService Plan” operations will be performedand the message will be reset.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 28
29
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SPassenger front and side airbag activation/deactivation (Passenger bag)(for versions/markets, where provided)
This function is used to activate/deactivatethe front passenger’s air bag.
Proceed as follows:
❒ press MENU ESC and, after seeingmessages “Bag pass: Off” (to deactivate)or “Bag pass: On” (to activate) bypressing buttons + and –, press MENUESC again;
❒ the display will show the confirmationrequest message;
❒ press + or – to select either Yes (toconfirm activation/deactivation) or No(to abort);
❒ briefly press MENU ESC to confirmsetting and go back to the menu screenor hold the button down to go back tothe standard screen without saving.
MENU ESC
MENU ESC
MENU ESC
–+
–+
–+
–+
F0M
1009
g
F0M
1011
g
F0M
1010
gF0
M10
13g
F0M
1014
g
F0M
1009
g
F0M
1015
g
F0M
1016
g
F0M
1009
g
Menu exit
This function closes the cycle of settingslisted in the menu screen.
Briefly press MENU ESC to go back tothe standard screen without saving.
Press – to return to the first menu option(Speed Beep).
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 29
30
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S TRIP COMPUTER
Introduction
The “Trip computer” is used to display in-formation on car operation when the keyis turned to MAR. This function allowsyou to define two separate trips called“Trip A” and “Trip B” for monitoring thecar’s “complete journey” in a reciprocal-ly independent manner.
Both functions are resettable (reset – startof a new journey).
“Trip A” shall be used to display the fig-ures relating to:
– Outside temperature;
– Range
– Distance travelled
– Average consumption
– Instant consumption
– Average speed
– Travel time (driving time).
“Trip B”, available on multifunction displayonly, shall be used to display the figuresrelating to:– Distance travelled B– Average consumption B– Average speed B– Travel time B (driving time).NB “Trip B” functions may be excluded(see “Trip B on”). “Range” and “Instantconsumption” parameters cannot be reset.
Values displayed
Outside temperature
Indicates the temperature outside the vehicle passenger compartment.
Range
This indicates the distance which may betravelled with the fuel in the tank assum-ing that driving style does not change. Thedisplay will show the reading “- - - -“ whenthe following events take place:
– value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)
– car left parked with engine running fora long time.
Distance travelled
This value shows the distance coveredfrom the start of the new journey.
Average consumption
This value shows the average consump-tion from the start of the new journey.
Instant fuel consumption
Indicates the fuel consumption. The val-ue is constantly updated. The message “- - - -” will appear on the display if the caris parked with the engine running.
Average speed
This value shows the car’s average speedbased on the overall time elapsed since thestart of the new journey.
Journey time
This value shows the time elapsed sincethe start of the new journey.
IMPORTANT If information is not avail-able, the message “- - - -” will appear in-stead of the Trip Computer values.Counting of the different values will be re-sumed regularly when normal operationis restored. This will not cause any reset-ting of the values displayed before the fail-ure nor the starting of a new journey.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 30
31
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 21 F0M0124m
TRIP control button fig. 21The TRIP button located on the top ofthe right steering column stalk is used(with ignition at MAR) to display and re-set the previously described values to starta new journey:– press briefly to display the different values;– hold down to reset and then start a newjourney.
New journey
The new journey begins after:– “manual” resetting by the user, by press-ing the relevant button;– “automatic” resetting, when the distancetravelled reaches 3,999.9 km or 9,999.9 km(depending on the type of display) or whenthe travel time reaches 99.59 (99 hoursand 59 minutes);– disconnection/reconnection of the battery.
IMPORTANT The reset operation when“Trip A” details are being displayed resetsonly the information associated with thisfunction.
IMPORTANT The reset operation when“Trip B” details are being displayed resetsonly the information associated with thisfunction.
Start trip procedure
With ignition at MAR, press and hold theTRIP button for over 2 seconds to reset.
Trip Exit
To quit the Trip function: keep MENUESC pressed for over 2 seconds.
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 31
32
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
The fabric upholstery of yourcar is designed to withstandnormal wear and tear fora long time. Some precau-
tions are needed though. Avoid pro-longed and/or excessive rubbingagainst clothing accessories such asmetal buckles and Velcro strips which,by applying a high pressure on the fab-ric in a small area, could cause somethreads to break, thereby damagingthe upholstery.
Height adjustment fig. 22 (for versions/markets, where provided)
Move lever B upwards or downwards toachieve the required height.
IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car-ried out only when seated in the relevantseat.
Backrest angle adjustment fig. 22
Turn knob C.
FRONTSEATS
fig. 22 F0M0055m
All adjustments must bemade with the car stationary.
WARNING
Horiziontal adjustment fig. 22
Lift the lever A and push the seat for-wards or backwards: in the driving posi-tion your arms should rest on the rim ofthe steering wheel.
After releasing the adjust-ment lever, always check
that the seat is locked on the guidesby trying to move it back and forth. Ifit is not locked, the seat may moveunexpectedly and make you lose con-trol of the car.
WARNING
For maximum protection,keep the back of your seat
upright, lean back into it and makesure the seat belt fits closely acrossyour chest and hips.
WARNING
fig. 23 F0M0057m
Tilting the back rest (3-door versions) fig. 23
To access the rear seats, pull handle A up-wards, the back rest will tilt and the seatcan slide forward by pushing the back rest.
Bringing back the back rest the seat willreturn to its original position (mechani-cal memory).
Always check that the seat isproperly locked on the
guides by trying to push it backwardsand forwards.
WARNING
001-032 ACTUAL 2ed EN.qxd 30-04-2010 12:33 Pagina 32
33
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
The fabric upholstery of yourcar is designed to withstandnormal wear and tear fora long time. Some precautions
are needed though. Avoid prolongedand/or excessive rubbing against cloth-ing accessories such as metal bucklesand Velcro strips which, by applyinga high pressure on the fabric in a smallarea, could cause some threads tobreak, thereby damaging the upholstery.
Seat heating fig. 24(for versions/markets, where provided)
With the key turned to MAR, press but-ton F to switch the function on/off. Whenthe function is enabled, the LED on thebutton turns on.
IMPORTANT Front seat heating controlis linked to a thermostat, automatically de-activating heating when the preset tem-perature is reached.
REAR SEATS
To fold the rear seats, refer to the “Ex-tending the boot” paragraph in this section.
fig. 24 F0M0058m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 33
34
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S HEAD RESTRAINTS
FRONT HEAD RESTRAINTS fig. 25
On certain versions the head restraintsare adjustable in height and they lock au-tomatically in the required position.
To adjust head restraints, proceed as fol-lows:
❒ upwards adjustment: lift the head re-straint until it locks. ❒ downwards adjustment: press button
A and lower the head restraint.
Lifting off the front head restraints: pressbuttons A and B at the same time and lift.
REAR HEAD RESTRAINTS fig. 26(for versions/markets, where provided)
To move the head restraint upwards, raiseit until hearing the click (position of use).
To bring it back to the position of non-use, press button A and push the head re-straint down into the back rest.
To extract the rear head restraints, pressbuttons A and B at the same time and lift.
IMPORTANT When the rear seats are inuse, the head restraints must always bein the position of use.
fig. 25 F0M0025m fig. 26 F0M0026m
Head restraints must be ad-justed so that the head,
rather than the neck, rests on them.Only then can they protect your headcorrectly.
WARNING
To make the best use of the head restraintprotective action, adjust the seat back sothat your trunk is upright and keep yourhead as close as possible to the head re-straint.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 34
35
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SMIRRORS
REAR-VIEW MIRROR fig. 28
The mirror is fitted with a safety devicethat causes its release in the event of a vi-olent impact with the passenger.
STEERING WHEEL
The driver can adjust the height and axialposition of the steering wheel (for ver-sions/markets, where provided).
To carry out the adjustment, proceed asfollows:
❒ release lever A-fig. 27 by pushing itforwards (position 1);
❒ adjust the steering wheel;
❒ lock lever A by pulling it towards thesteering wheel (position 2).
fig. 27 F0M0354m
Any adjustment of the steer-ing wheel position must be
carried out only with the car station-ary and the engine turned off.
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out any after-market
operation involving steering system orsteering column modifications (e.g. in-stallation of anti-theft device) thatcould badly affect performance andsafety, invalidate the warranty andalso result in the car failing to com-ply with regulations.
WARNING
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 35
36
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
WING MIRRORS
Adjustment fig. 29
This operation is possible only with thekey turned to MAR.
To carry out the adjustment, proceed asfollows:
❒ use switch B to select the required mir-ror (left or right);
❒ to adjust the mirror, move switch C inthe four directions;
fig. 28 F0M0028m fig. 29 F0M0030m
The mirror can be adjusted to two differ-ent positions (normal or antiglare) by using lever A.
fig. 30 F0M0250m
Folding
When required (for example when theshape causes difficulty in narrow spaces),it is possible to fold the mirrors by mov-ing them from position 1-fig. 30 to posi-tion 2.
When driving, the mirrorsshould always be in position1-fig. 30.
As the driver’s wing mirror iscurved, it may slightly alter
the perception of distance.
WARNING
Defrosting/demisting (for versions/markets, where provided)
The mirrors are fitted with resistors thatare activated when the heated rear wind-screen is turned on (by pressing button ().
IMPORTANT This function is timed andit will turn off automatically after a fewminutes.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 36
37
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 31
F0M0355m
HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM
1. Upper fixed vent – 2. Adjustable central vents – 3. Fixed side vents – 4. Adjustable side vents – 5. Lower vents for front seats– 6. Lower vents for rear seats
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 37
38
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
CONTROLS fig. 34
Knob A regulates the air temperature (mixing hot and cold air)
Red section = hot air
Blue section = cold air
Knob B activates/adjusts the fan
p 0 = fan off
1-2-3 = ventilation speed
4 - = max. fan speed
fig. 34 F0M0035m
fig. 32 F0M0033m
fig. 33 F0M0034m
ADJUSTABLE SIDE ANDCENTRAL VENTS fig. 32-33
A Fixed vent for side windows.
B Adjustable side vents.
C Adjustable central vents.
Vents A are fixed.
To use vents B and C, adjust them as required.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 38
39
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SKnob C adjusts air distribution
¶ to direct air to the centre and sidevents;
ß to send air to the feet and direct cool-er air to the dashboard vents, in in-termediate temperature conditions;
© for heating when the outside temper-ature is very low: to direct as much airas possible to the feet;
® to warm the feet and, at the sametime, demist the windscreen;
- to quickly de-mist the windscreen.
Button D turns air recirculation on/off
Press the button (button LED on) to turnthe air internal recirculation on.
Press the button (button LED off) to turnair internal recirculation off.
RAPID PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT HEATING
For the rapid heating of the passengercompartment, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn air internal recirculation on bypressing button D (button LED on);
❒ turn knob C to ©;
❒ turn knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
Then use the controls to keep the re-quired comfort conditions and press but-ton D to turn air internal recirculation off(button LED off) and prevent misting up.
IMPORTANT With a cold engine, youhave to wait for a few minutes to let thesystem fluid reach optimum operatingtemperature.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENTVENTILATION
To ventilate the passenger compartmentproperly, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to blue section;
❒ turn air internal recirculation off bypressing button D (button LED off);
❒ turn knob C to ¶;
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENTHEATING
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn knob C to the required position;
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 39
40
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S FRONT FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING (WINDSCREENAND SIDE WINDOWS)
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn air internal recirculation off bypressing button D (button LED off);
❒ turn knob C to -;
❒ turn knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).
After demisting/defrosting, operate thecontrols to restore the required comfortconditions.
Window demisting
In the event of considerable externalmoisture and/or rain and/or large differ-ences in temperature inside and outsidethe passenger compartment, perform thefollowing preventive window demistingprocedure:
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn air internal recirculation off bypressing button D (button LED off);
❒ turn knob C to - or to ® if the win-dows do not demist;
❒ turn knob B to 2nd speed.
HEATED REAR WINDSCREENAND WING MIRRORSDEMISTING/DEFROSTING fig. 35 (for versions/markets, where provided)
Press button A to activate; when this func-tion is on, the button LED lights up.
This function is timed and will turn off au-tomatically after 20 minutes. Press A againto switch it off before 20 minutes elapses.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the rear window over theheating filaments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.
fig. 35 F0M0036m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 40
41
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SMANUAL CLIMATECONTROL (for versions/markets, where provided)
CONTROLS fig. 36
Knob A regulates the air temperature (mixing hot and cold air)
Red section = hot air
Blue section = cold air
Knob B activates/adjusts the fan
p 0 = fan off
1-2-3 = ventilation speed
4 - = max. fan speed
INTERNAL AIRRECIRCULATION ACTIVATION
Press • so that the button LED is on.
It is advisable to switch the internal air re-circulation on while standing in queues orin tunnels to prevent the introduction ofpolluted air. Do not use the function fora long time, particularly if there are manypassengers on board, to prevent the win-dows from misting up.
IMPORTANT The air internal recircula-tion system makes it possible to reach therequired heating or cooling conditionsfaster.
Do not use the air internal recirculationfunction on rainy/cold days as it wouldconsiderably increase the possibility of thewindows misting up.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 41
42
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
Knob C adjusts air distribution
¶ to direct air to the centre and sidevents;
ß to send air to the feet and direct cool-er air to the dashboard vents, in in-termediate temperature conditions;
Button D turns air recirculation on/offPress the button (button LED on) to turnthe air internal recirculation on.Press the button again (button LED off) toturn the air internal recirculation off.
Button E turns climate controlsystem on/offPress the button (button LED on) to turnthe climate control system on.Press the button again (button LED off) toturn the climate control system off.
fig. 37 F0M0037m
© for heating when the outside temper-ature is very low: to direct as much airas possible to the feet;
® to warm the feet and, at the sametime, demist the windscreen;
- to quickly de-mist the windscreen.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 42
43
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SPASSENGER COMPARTMENTVENTILATION
To ventilate the passenger compartmentproperly, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to the blue section;
❒ turn air internal recirculation off bypressing button D (button LED off);
❒ turn knob C to ¶;
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling)
For fast cooling of the passenger com-partment, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to the blue section;
❒ turn air internal recirculation on bypressing button D (button LED on);
❒ turn knob C to ¶;
❒ press button E to turn the climate con-trol system on; the LED on button Ewill come on;
❒ turn knob B to 4- (max. fan speed).
Cooling adjustment
❒ turn knob A to the right to increase thetemperature;
❒ turn air internal recirculation off bypressing button D (button LED off);
❒ turn knob B to reduce the fan speed.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 43
44
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S PASSENGER COMPARTMENTHEATING
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn knob C to the required symbol;
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
RAPID PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT HEATING
For the rapid heating of the passengercompartment, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn air internal recirculation on bypressing button D (button LED on);
❒ turn knob C to ©;
❒ turn knob B to 4- (max. fan speed).
Then use the controls to keep the re-quired comfort conditions and press but-ton D to turn air internal recirculation off(button LED off).
IMPORTANT With the engine cold youhave to wait for a few minutes to let thesystem fluid reach the optimum operatingtemperature.
FRONT FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING (WINDSCREENAND SIDE WINDOWS)
Proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn knob B to 4- (max. fan speed);
❒ turn knob C to -;
❒ turn air internal recirculation off bypressing button D so the button LEDgoes out.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 44
45
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SWindow demisting
In the event of considerable externalmoisture and/or rain and/or large differ-ences in temperature inside and outsidethe passenger compartment, perform thefollowing preventive window demistingprocedure:
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn air internal recirculation off bypressing button D so the button LEDgoes out;
❒ turn knob C to - or to ® if the win-dows do not demist;
❒ turn knob B to 2nd speed.
IMPORTANT The climate control systemis very useful to prevent the windowsmisting up in the presence of high humid-ity since it dries the air introduced into thepassenger compartment.
HEATED REAR WINDSCREENAND WING MIRRORSDEMISTING/DEFROSTING fig. 38 (for versions/markets, where provided)
Press button A to activate; when this func-tion is on, the button LED lights up.
This function is timed and will turn off au-tomatically after 20 minutes. Press A againto switch it off before 20 minutes elapses.
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the rear window over theheating filaments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.
fig. 38 F0M0038m
After demisting/defrosting, operate thecontrols to restore the required comfortconditions.
IMPORTANT The climate control systemis very useful for faster demisting becauseit dries the air. Adjust the controls as de-scribed above and press button E toswitch the climate control system on; theLED on the button will light up.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 45
46
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM
Run the climate control system for at least10 minutes every month during the win-ter. Have the system inspected at a FiatDealership before the summer.
The system uses R134a re-frigerant fluid which does notharm the environment in theevent of accidental leakage.
Never use R12 fluid, which is not com-patible with the system components.
IMPORTANT The air internal recircula-tion system makes it possible to reach therequired heating or cooling conditionsfaster.
Do not use the air internal recirculationfunction on rainy/cold days as it wouldconsiderably increase the possibility of thewindows misting up.
INTERNAL AIR INTERNALRECIRCULATION ACTIVATION
Press • so that the button LED is on.
It is advisable to switch the internal air in-ternal recirculation on while standing inqueues or in tunnels to prevent the in-troduction of polluted air. Do not use thefunction for a long time, particularly ifthere are many passengers on board, toprevent the windows from misting up.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 46
47
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SEXTERIOR LIGHTS
The left-hand stalk fig. 39 operates mostof the external lights.
The external lights can be switched on on-ly when the key is turned to MAR.
The instrument panel and the various con-trols on the dashboard will be lit up whenthe exterior lights are switched on.
LIGHTS OFF
Twist switch turned to position O.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL)(for versions/markets, where provided)
With the ignition key turned to MARand the twist switch turned to posi-tion O the daytime running lights areautomatically activated; the otherlights remain off. The daytime runninglights can be activated/deactivated viathe menu on the display If the daytimerunning lights are deactivated, no lightcomes on when the twist switch isturned to O.
SIDELIGHTS – TAIL LIGHTS
Twist the switch to position 6.
The light 3 on the instrument panelcomes on.
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS
Twist the switch to position 2.
The light 3 on the instrument panelcomes on.
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS
When the twist switch is at 2, pull thestalk towards the steering wheel (2nd tem-porary position).
The warning light 1 on the instrumentpanel will come on.
To turn the main beams off, pull the stalktowards the steering wheel again (dippedbeams will come back on).
FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS
Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel(1a temporary position) regardless of theposition of the twist switch. The warn-ing light 1 on the instrument panel willcome on.
fig. 39 F0M0060m
The daytime runninglights are an alternative
to the dipped beam headlightsfor driving during the daytime incountries where it is compulso-ry to have lights on during theday, and they are also permittedin those countries where this not obligatory. Daytime runninglights cannot replace dippedheadlights when driving at nightor through tunnels. The use ofdaytime running lights is gov-erned by the highway code of thecountry in which you are driving.Keep to the rules.
WARNING
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 47
48
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 40
Put the stalk in the permanent position:
❒ Up (position 1): right-hand direction in-dicator;
❒ Down (position 2): left-hand directionindicator.
The ¥ or Î lights will blink on the in-strument panel.
Indicators are switched off automaticallywhen the steering wheel is straightened.
If you want the indicator to flash briefly toshow that you are about to change lane,move the stalk up or down without itclicking into position. When released, thestalk will return to its default position.
Lane change function
If you wish to signal a lane change, put theleft stalk in the temporary position for lessthan half a second. The direction indicatoron the side selected will be activated for5 flashes and then go out automatically.
“FOLLOW ME HOME” DEVICE
This will light up the space in front of thevehicle for a certain period of time.
Activation
With the key turned to STOP or re-moved, pull the left-hand stalk towards thesteering wheel within 2 minutes fromwhen the engine is turned off.
Each time the stalk is moved, the lightsstay on for an extra 30 seconds up toa maximum of 210 seconds; then the lightsare switched off automatically.
When the stalk is moved, the light 3 onthe instrument panel will light up and thecorresponding message will appear in thedisplay (see “Warning lights and mes-sages”) as long as the function is on. Thelight comes on when the stalk is firstmoved and stays on until the function isautomatically deactivated. Each movementof the stalk increases only the amount oftime the lights stay on.
Deactivation
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer-ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.
fig. 40 F0M0061m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 48
49
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SWINDOW WASHING
The right stalk fig. 41 controls windscreenwiper/washer and rear window wiper/washer operation.
WINDSCREEN WASHER/WIPER
This can work only when the key is turnedto MAR.
The twist switch on the right stalk can bemoved to four different positions:
O windscreen wiper off;
≤ intermittent operation;
≥ continuous slow operation;
¥ continuous fast operation.
Move the stalk to position A (temporary)to limit operation to the time for whichthe stalk is held in this position. When re-leased, the stalk returns to its default po-sition, automatically stopping the wiper.
Do not use the windscreenwiper to remove layers ofsnow or ice from the wind-screen. In such conditions, the
windscreen wipers may be subjected toexcessive stress, prompting interven-tion from the motor protection whichprevents operation for a few seconds.If operation is not restored, even afterturning the key and restarting the en-gine, go to a Fiat Dealership.
With the twist switch in position ≤, thewindscreen wiper will automatically adaptto the speed of the car.
IMPORTANT Replace the wiper blades asspecified in the “Car maintenance” sec-tion.
fig. 41 F0M0062m
“Smart washing” function
Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel(temporary position) to operate the wind-screen washer.
Keeping the stalk pulled for more than halfa second, with just one movement it ispossible to operate the washer jet and thewiper at the same time.
The wiper stops working three strokes af-ter releasing the stalk.
A further stroke 6 seconds later com-pletes the wiping operation.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 49
50
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
REAR WINDOW WASHER/WIPERfig. 42
This can work only when the key is turnedto MAR.
The function stops when the stalk is re-leased.
Turning the twist switch from O to 'willoperate the rear window wiper as follows:
❒ intermittent operation if the wind-screen wiper is off;
❒ synchronised operation (but with half-stroke frequency) when the windscreenwiper is on;
❒ continuous operation with reverse en-gaged and function on.
Do not use the rear windowwiper to remove layers ofsnow or ice. In such condi-tions, the rear window wiper
may be subjected to excessive stress,prompting intervention from the mo-tor protection which prevents opera-tion for a few seconds. If operation isnot restored, even after turning the keyand restarting the engine, go to a FiatDealership.
The rear window wiper will run in con-tinuous mode when the windscreen wiperis on and reverse gear is engaged.
Pushing the stalk towards the dashboard(temporary position) will activate the rearwindow washer jet.
Keeping the stalk pushed for more thanhalf a second will also activate the rearwindow wiper.
Smart wash function is activated when thestalk is released, like for the windscreenwiper.
fig. 42 F0M0218m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 50
51
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SCEILING COURTESYLIGHTS
FRONT CEILING LIGHT WITHTOUCH ACTIVATION
The light will turn on/off by pressing theright or left side as shown in fig. 43.
FRONT CEILING LIGHT WITH SPOT LIGHTS(for versions/markets, where provided)
Switch A-fig. 44 turns these lights on/off.
With switch A-fig. 44 in a central posi-tion, lights C and D will turn on/off whenopening/closing the front doors.
With switch A-fig. 44 pressed on the leftside, lights C and D will always stay off.
With switch A-fig. 44 pressed on theright side, lights C and D will always stayon.
The lights switch on/off progressively.
Switch B-fig. 44 performs the spot lightfunction; with the ceiling light off, it willturn on:
❒ light C if pressed on the left side;
❒ light D if pressed on the right side.
fig. 44 F0M0065mfig. 43 F0M0067m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 51
52
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S Courtesy light timing
On certain versions, to facilitate gettingin/out of the car at night or in poorly-lit ar-eas, two timed modes have been provided.
TIMING WHEN GETTING INTO THE CAR
The courtesy lights switch on as follows:
❒ for about 10 seconds when unlockingthe front doors;
❒ for about 3 minutes when opening oneof the side doors;
❒ for about 10 seconds when closing thedoors.
The timed period is interrupted when theignition is turned to MAR.
TIMING WHEN GETTING OUT OF THE CAR
After removing the key from the ignition,the courtesy lights switch on as follows:
❒ within 2 minutes from turning the en-gine off for about 10 seconds;
❒ when opening one of the side doors forabout 3 minutes;
❒ when one of the doors is closed fora period of about 10 seconds.
The timed period stops automaticallywhen the doors are locked.
CAUTION Before getting out of the car,make sure both switches are in the cen-tral position; when the doors are closed,the lights switch off to prevent the batteryfrom running down.
In any case, if the switch is left in the ‘per-manently on’ position, the courtesy lightgoes off automatically 15 minutes after theengine switching off.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 52
53
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SCONTROLS
HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS fig. 45
They are turned on by pressing switch A,regardless of the position of the ignitionkey.
When the device is on, the lights Î and¥ on the instrument panel come on.
Press the switch again to turn the lightsoff.
The use of hazard lights is governed by thehighway code of the country you are in.Keep to the rules.
Emergency brakingDuring emergency braking, the hazardwarning lights come on automatically andlights Î and ¥ on the panel come on atthe same time. The function switches off automaticallywhen the nature of the braking changes. This function complies with the relevantlegal regulations currently in force.
FOG LIGHTS fig. 46(for versions/markets, where provided)
Press button 5 to activate.
The 5 light on the instrument panel willcome on.
Press the button again to turn the lightsoff.
When the fog lights are on, the side/tail -lights and number plate lights also comeon, while the daytime running lights go offirrespective of the position of the twistswitch.
The use of fog lights is governed by thehighway code of the country in which youare driving. Keep to the rules.
fig. 45 F0M0069m fig. 46 F0M0070m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 53
54
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
HEATED REAR WINDOW fig. 49
Press button A to activate. The device willbe switched off automatically after ap-proximately 20 minutes.
fig. 49 F0M0036m
PARKING LIGHTS
These lights can be turned on, only withthe key turned to STOP or removed, byturning the twist switch on the left stalkfirst to O and then to 6 or 2.
The 3 light on the instrument panelcomes on.
DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING SYSTEM fig. 48
Press button A to activate the “CITY”function (see the “Electric power steeringsystem” paragraph in this section). Whenthe function is active, the word CITY islit up on the instrument panel. Press thebutton again to deactivate the function.
fig. 48 F0M0073m
REAR FOG LAMPS fig. 47
Press button 4 to turn these lights onwith the dipped beam headlights or thefront fog lights (for versions/markets,where provided) switched on.
The 4 light on the instrument panel willcome on.
Press the button again to turn the lightsoff or turn off the dipped beam headlightsand/or the front fog lights (for versions/markets, where provided).
The use of rear fog lamps is governed bythe highway code of the country you arein. Keep to the rules.
fig. 47 F0M0071m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 54
55
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SDoor unlocking in the event of a crash
If the fuel cut-off switch trips following anaccident, the doors will be automaticallyunlocked to allow access to the passengercompartment and the ceiling lights will beswitched on at the same time. The doorscan always be opened from the inside ofthe car by using the appropriate controls.
if no fuel leakage is found and the car isroadworthy, ensure the correct operationof the vehicle by adhering to the followinginstructions.
DOOR LOCKING fig. 50
To lock all doors at the same time, pressbutton A, located on the central consolecontrol panel, regardless of the positionof the ignition key.
FUEL CUT-OFF SYSTEM
This system triggers after a collision andactivates the following:
❒ cut-off of fuel supply with consequentswitching off of the engine;
❒ automatic door unlocking;
❒ switching on of all interior lights.
When the system has been triggered, themessage “Fuel cut off, see handbook” isdisplayed.
Carefully check the car for fuel leaks, forinstance in the engine compartment, un-der the car or near the tank area.
After a crash, turn the key to STOP toavoid draining the battery.
fig. 50 F0M0013m
If, after a crash, you smell fu-el or notice leaks from the
fuel system, do not reactivate the sys-tem to avoid the risk of fire.
WARNING
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 55
56
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 52 F0M0077m
fig. 51 F0M0104m
fig. 53 F0M0078m
INTERIOR FITTINGS
GLOVE BOX fig. 51-52
Use the handle to open the compartmentA-fig. 51.
Inside the compartment there is a spaceA-fig. 52 to keep documents (for ver-sions/markets, where provided).
GLOVE COMPARTMENTS
glove compartment A-fig. 53 is located inthe dashboard, on the left of the steeringwheel.
The following procedure should be car-ried out to restore the correct operationof the vehicle:❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;❒ activate the right-hand indicator;❒ deactivate the right-hand indicator;❒ activate the left-hand indicator;❒ deactivate the left-hand indicator;❒ activate the right-hand indicator;❒ deactivate the right-hand indicator;❒ activate the left-hand indicator;❒ deactivate the left-hand indicator;❒ turn the key to STOP.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 56
57
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
DOOR POCKETS fig. 56
There are document/map pockets locat-ed in each of the door panels.
FRONT ARMREST WITH GLOVE COMPARTMENT(for versions/markets, where provided)
Certain versions are fitted with an arm-rest A-fig. 67 between the front seats.
To use it as an armrest, push it down asshown in fig. 57.
Press button A-fig. 58 to raise the upperpart of the arm and access compartmentB. Operate lever C to lower the angleof the armrest.
fig. 54 F0M0079m
fig. 55 F0M0080m fig. 57 F0M0225m
fig. 58 F0M0245mfig. 56 F0M0081m
Glove compartment B-fig. 54 is locatedin the middle of the dashboard.
Glove compartment B can be removed toinstall a sound system.
CENTRAL CONSOLE GLOVECOMPARTMENT
Compartment A-fig. 55 is located on thecentral console in front of the handbrake.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 57
58
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
CIGARETTE LIGHTER fig. 62
This is located on the central console infront of the handbrake.
Press button A to activate the cigarettelighter with ignition key at MAR.
After about 15 seconds the button will return to its original position and the cig-arette lighter is ready for use.
IMPORTANT Always check that the cig-arette lighter has turned itself off.
fig. 62 F0M0084m
The cigarette lighter getsvery hot. Handle it carefully
and make sure children don’t touchit: risk of fire and/or burning.
WARNING
CUP HOLDERS – CAN HOLDERSfig. 59-60
There are two cup/can holders in front ofthe handbrake and one behind it on thecentral console.
CARD HOLDER – CD HOLDERfig. 61
The central console features slots for te -lephone cards CDs, magnetic cards ormotorway toll tickets.
fig. 59 F0M0082m fig. 61 F0M0083m
fig. 60 F0M0118m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 58
59
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
ASHTRAY fig. 63-64
The ashtray is a removable plastic box thatcan be fitted into the cup/can holders onthe central console.
IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray asa waste paper basket at the same time: firehazard.
SUN VISORS fig. 65
These are located at the sides of the rearview mirror. They may be positioned atthe front and to the side.
A mirror can be applied to the back of thedriver-side sun visor:
To use the mirror (for versions/markets,where provided), on some versions youneed to open the sliding cover A.
fig. 63 F0M0085m fig. 65 F0M0086m fig. 66 F0M0249m
fig. 64 F0M0116m
SOCKET(for versions/markets, where provided)
This is located in the boot, on the left sideof the plastic support for the parcel shelffig. 66.
To use it, open cap A.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 59
60
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S SKY DOME SUNROOF (for versions/markets, where provided)
The large electric sunroof comprises twopanes of glass, one of which is mobile andthe other fixed. These are equipped withtwo shutters (front and rear) that can bemoved manually. The shutters can be usedin the “fully closed” or “fully open” posi-tions (they have no fixed intermediate po-sitions). To open the shutters: grip handleA-fig. 68, release it and move it in thedirection of the arrows to the “fully open”position. To close them, carry out theprocedure in reverse. The sunroof can beoperated only when the ignition key isturned to MAR. The controls A-B fig. 67on a dedicated dashboard near the frontceiling lights open and close the sunroof.
To open
Press and hold button B-fig. 67, and thefront pane will set to the “spoiler” posi-tion; press button B-fig. 67 again for overhalf a second to make the sunroof slide au-tomatically to the wide open position;press the button once more to stop thesunroof at an intermediate position.
To close
When in wide open position, press but-ton A-fig. 67 for over half a second to setthe front pane to the “spoiler” position;press the button again to stop the sunroofat an intermediate position; press buttonA-fig. 67 once more and hold it down toclose the sunroof completely.
fig. 67
A
B
F0M0087m
Use the sunroof only at“spoiler” position if a trans-verse roof rack is fitted.
Do not open the sunroof ifthere is snow or ice: it couldbe damaged.
When leaving the car, al-ways remove the key from
the ignition to avoid the risk of injurydue to accidental operation of thesunroof. Improper use of the roof canbe dangerous. Before operation, al-ways check that no-one is at risk ofbeing injured by the moving sunroofor by objects getting caught anddragged by it.
WARNING
fig. 68 F0M0172m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 60
61
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SANTI-PINCH SAFETY SYSTEM
The sunroof has an anti-pinch safety sys-tem capable of detecting the presence ofan obstacle whilst the roof is closing; whenthis happens, the system stops and themovement of the glass is immediately re-versed.
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE
The sunroof must be re-initialised afterdisconnecting the battery or if the rele-vant protection fuse is blown.
Proceed as follows:
❒ press button A-fig. 69 at close posi-tion;
❒ hold the button down so that the sun-roof closes in stages;
❒ after full closing, wait for sunroof’s elec-tric motor to stop.
When leaving the car, always remove thekey from the ignition to avoid the risk ofinjury due to accidental operation of thesunroof. Improper use of the roof can bedangerous. Before and during operation,always check that no-one is exposed tothe risk of being injured by the movingsunroof or by objects getting caught anddragged by it.
EMERGENCY OPERATION
If the switch fails, the sun roof can bemoved manually as follows:
❒ remove the protection cap located between the two shutters;
❒ take the Allen key (provided as stan-dard) from the toolbox in the boot;
❒ insert the key into hole A-fig. 69 andturn it:– clockwise to open the roof; – anticlockwise to close the roof.
fig. 69 F0M0088m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 61
62
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S DOORS
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING/UNLOCKING SYSTEM
LOCKING FROM THE OUTSIDE
With the doors closed, press button Áonthe remote control fig. 70 or insert thekey into the lock of the door on the dri-ver’s side and turn it clockwise. Locking issignalled by the LED on button A-fig. 72coming on. The doors will be locked on-ly if all doors are shut. If one or moredoors are open after pressing button Áonthe remote control fig. 70, the directionindicators and the LED on button A-fig.72 flash quickly for approximately 3 sec-onds.
If one or more doors are open after turn-ing the key, only the LED on button A-fig.72 will blink rapidly for approximatelythree seconds. If the doors are closed butthe boot is open, the doors are locked:the direction indicators (only when lock-ing is carried out using button Á fig. 70)and the LED on button A-fig. 72 flashquickly for approximately 3 seconds.
With this function active, it is howeverpossible to unlock the other doors bypressing button A-fig. 72 on the centralpanel.
Quickly pressing button Á on the remotecontrol fig. 70 twice will engage the deadlock device (see paragraph “Dead lock device”).
Door unlocking from the outside
Briefly press button Ë fig. 70 to unlockthe doors remotely, turn on the ceilinglights for a limited period and double flashthe direction indicators, or insert the keyinto the driver’s door lock and turn it an-ti-clockwise as shown in fig. 71.
fig. 72 F0M0075m
Door locking/unlocking from the inside
Press button A-fig. 72 to lock/unlock alldoors. The button has an LED that indi-cates whether the doors are locked or un-locked. When the doors are locked, theLED is on and pressing the button bringsabout central unlocking of all the doors andturns off the LED. When the doors are un-locked, the LED is off and pressing the but-ton brings about central locking of all thedoors. The doors will be locked only if allthe doors are properly shut.
fig. 71 F0M0410m
fig. 70 F0M0409m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 62
63
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SFollowing the locking of the doors using:
❒ remote control;
❒ door catch;
it will not be possible to unlock them bypressing button A-fig. 72 located on thedashboard.
IMPORTANT With central locking on,pulling the internal handle of one of thefront doors will unlock that door. Indi-vidual doors can be unlocked by pullingthe internal handle of one of the reardoors.
If a power supply is not present (blownfuse, battery disconnected, etc.) it is, how-ever, possible to lock the doors manually.
After exceeding a speed of 20 km/h, alldoors will be centrally locked automati-cally if the setup menu function has beenselected (see paragraph “Multifunction dis-play” in this section). Once the dead lock system is
engaged, it is impossible toopen the doors from inside the vehi-cle. Before getting out of the car,please therefore check that there isno-one left on board. If the remotecontrol battery is flat, the system canbe disengaged only by inserting thekey in either of the door locks as de-scribed previously: in this case the de-vice remains active only for the reardoors.
DEAD LOCK (for versions/markets, where provided)This safety device inhibits the operation of:
❒ interior handles;
❒ locking/unlocking button A-fig. 72;thereby preventing the opening of thedoors from inside the passenger com-partment if there has been a break-in at-tempt (e.g. a window has been broken).The dead lock device therefore offers thebest possible protection against break-inattempts. We recommend engaging itwhenever the vehicle is parked and left un-attended.
Device activation
The dead lock device is automatically ac-tivated on every door by briefly pressingthe remote control button Á fig. 70 twice.
Device activation is indicated by 3 flashesof the direction indicators and a flash ofthe LED on button A-fig. 72 on the dash-board.
If one or more of the doors is not closedcorrectly, the dead lock device will not ac-tivate, thus preventing a person from get-ting stuck inside the passenger compart-ment by entering the car through, andthen closing, the open door.
Device deactivation
The system is disabled automatically onevery door in the following cases:
❒ when opening the driver’s door usingthe key without remote control;
❒ when unlocking doors using the remotecontrol;
❒ when turning the ignition key to MAR.
WARNING
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 63
64
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
REAR DOORS EMERGENCYLOCK DEVICE (5-door versions)fig. 74
The rear doors are fitted with a deviceto lock doors when there is no current.
In this event, proceed as follows:
❒ insert the ignition key into latch B;
❒ turn it from position 2 to position 1 andclose the door.
When the device is active, use the inter-nal doors handles to open the rear doors.
Do not activate the child lockdevice if the rear doors emer-
gency lock device is already activated.If both have been activated, you needto use the interior handle to disen-gage the rear doors emergency lock-ing system and then open the doorfrom the outside.
WARNINGCHILD LOCK (5-door versions)fig. 73
This system prevents the rear doors frombeing opened from the inside.
This device can be engaged only with thedoors open.
❒ position 1 – engaged (door locked);
❒ position 2 – disengaged (door can beopened from inside).
The device A-fig. 73 stays on even if thedoors are unlocked by the centralisedsystem.
Always use this device whentransporting children.
WARNING
After engaging the child lockon both rear doors, check for
proper engagement by trying to opena rear door with the internal handle.
WARNING
fig. 74 F0M0412mfig. 73 F0M0411m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 64
65
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SWINDOWS
ELECTRIC
Two switches fig. 75 on the armrest in-side the driver’s door control the follow-ing with the ignition key turned to MAR:
A opening/closing of the left front window;
B opening/closing the right front window.
Keep one of the buttons pressed forlonger than half a second to operatethe automatic continuous operation of thewindow. The window will stop when it isfully opened or closed, or when the but-ton is pressed again.
IMPORTANT In the event that the anti-crushing function is activated 5 times inonly 1 minute, the system will automati-cally enter the “recovery” mode (self-pro-tection). This condition is apparent fromthe window closing in stages.
fig. 75 F0M0136m
Continuous automatic operation
The car has an automatic setting to raiseand lower the driver-side front window.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 65
66
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
Electric window systeminitialisation
The system must be re-initialised after dis-connecting the battery or if the relevantprotection fuse is blown.
Initialisation procedure:
❒ fully close the window to be initialisedmanually;
❒ once fully closed, keep holding down theclosing control for at least 1 second.
Improper use of the electricwindows can be dangerous.
Before and during operation, alwayscheck that no-one is exposed to therisk of being injured either directly bythe moving window or through objectsgetting caught and being dragged byit. When leaving the vehicle, alwaysremove the key from the ignition toavoid the risk of injury to anyone re-maining in the car due to accidentaloperation of the electric windows.
WARNING
MANUAL REAR WINDOWS (5-door versions) fig. 76
To open and to close the window, use therelevant handle.
fig. 76 F0M0091m
On such occasions, it is necessary to car-ry out the system restore procedure, acting as follows:
❒ open the windows;
or
❒ turn the ignition key to STOP and thento MAR.
If no malfunction is present, the windowreturns to its normal operation auto-matically.
IMPORTANT With the ignition key atSTOP or removed, the windows remainactivated for about 2 minutes and are de-activated as soon a door is opened.
The system conforms to the2000/4/EC standard concern-
ing the safety of passengers leaningout of the passenger compartment.
WARNING
IMPORTANT On some versions, press-ing the remote control button Ë for over2 seconds will open the windows, where-as pressing the remote control button Áfor over 2 seconds will close them.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:36 Pagina 66
67
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 80 F0M0095m
BOOT
OPENING THE BOOT
The boot can be opened at any time fromthe passenger’s compartment by pressingbutton A-fig. 78.
The boot can be opened from the outsideby pressing the remote control buttonR fig. 77.
The opening of the boot is accompaniedby two flashes of the direction indicators.
CLOSING THE BOOT
Lower the rear door until hearing thelocking click fig. 79.
OPENING THE BOOT IN AN EMERGENCY fig. 80
To open the boot from the passenger’scompartment if the car battery is flat orthe electric lock of the rear door is faulty,proceed as follows:
fig. 78 F0M0093m
fig. 79 F0M0094m
Putting additional objects on-to the parcel shelf or reardoor (speakers, spoiler, etc.),except when approved by the
manufacturer, can affect the correctoperation of the side gas shock ab-sorbers of the rear door itself.
When using the boot, neverexceed the maximum ad-
missible loads (see section “Technicalspecifications”). Make sure that theobjects are well arranged in the bootso that they will not be projected for-wards following sudden braking, caus-ing injury to passengers.
WARNING
When travelling, do not putany object on the parcel
shelf because they can injure passen-gers in the event of an accident orsudden braking.
WARNING
fig. 77 F0M0425m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 67
68
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
❒ tilt the rear seats fully forward (seeparagraph “Extending the boot” in thissection);
❒ press lever B inside the boot.
EXTENDING THE BOOT
Partial extension (1/3 or 2/3) fig. 83(for versions/markets, where provided)
The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) ortotally extended by splitting the rear seat.
Proceed as follows:
❒ fully lower the rear seat head restraints;
❒ check that the seat belt is not twisted;
❒ tilt the cushions forward as shown bythe arrow fig. 81;
❒ lift handle A or B-fig. 82 to release re-spectively the left or right part of thebackrest and guide the backrest ontothe cushion.
The boot extension to the right makes itpossible to carry two passengers on theleft part of the rear seat. The boot ex-tension to the left makes it possible to car-ry one passenger on the right side of therear seat.
fig. 81 F0M0096m fig. 82 F0M0097m
fig. 83 F0M0137m
Maximum extension fig. 84
Tilting the whole rear seat forwards givesmaximum loading volume.
Proceed as follows:
❒ fully lower the rear seat head restraints;
❒ check that the seat belts are not twisted;
❒ tilt the cushions forward as shown bythe arrow fig. 81;
❒ lift handles A and B-fig. 82 to releasethe backrests and guide them onto thecushion.
IMPORTANT If, after tilting the rear seat,you have to remove the parcel shelf, po-sition it as shown in fig. 86.
fig. 84 F0M0098m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 68
69
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 87 F0M0101mfig. 86 F0M0099mfig. 85 F0M0221m
REMOVING THE PARCEL SHELF
To remove the parcel shelf in order to ex-tend the boot: release the upper ends A-fig. 87 by removing the eyelets from thepins, unhook and swivel the parcel shelf inits seat and then release both pins fig. 88from the side holes.Once removed, the parcel shelf can be po-sitioned between the back of the frontseats and the folded cushion of the rearseat fig. 86.
fig. 88 F0M0222m
Repositioning the rear seat fig. 85
Raise the backrests and push them backuntil hearing the locking click of both retainers.
Position seat belt buckles upwards and setthe cushion in the normal position of use.
IMPORTANT The backrest is correctlysecured when the red band next to thehandles disappears. This red band indicatesthat the backrest is not secured. When re-turning the backrest to its normal posi-tion, make sure it is correctly fastened andyou hear the lock click.
Make sure the backrest is properly se-cured at both sides to prevent it movingforward in the event of sharp braking thatmay cause injuries to passengers.
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 69
70
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S BONNET
OPENING
Proceed as follows:
❒ pull the lever fig. 89 in the directionof the arrow;
❒ pull catch A-fig. 90 as shown in the diagram;
❒ lift the bonnet and at the same time re-lease the support prop from its lockingdevice D-fig. 91, then insert the end C-fig. 92 into hole E on the bonnet.
IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet,check that the windscreen wiper arms arenot lifted from the windscreen.
CLOSING
Proceed as follows:
❒ hold the bonnet up with one hand andwith the other remove support rod C-fig. 92 from hole E and fit it back in-to its catch D-fig. 91;
fig. 90 F0M0358m
fig. 89 F0M0135m
❒ lower the bonnet to about 20 cen-timetres above the engine compart-ment and then let it drop. Make surethat the bonnet is closed correctly andnot just in the safety position by tryingto lift it. If it is not perfectly closed, donot try to press the bonnet lid downbut open it and repeat the procedure.
IMPORTANT Always check that the bon-net is closed properly to avoid it openingwhile the car is travelling.
fig. 91 F0M0413m
fig. 92 F0M0133m
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 70
71
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
For safety reasons, the bon-net must always be perfect-
ly closed while travelling. Make surethat the bonnet is perfectly closedand that the lock is engaged. If youdiscover during travel that the lockis not fully engaged, stop immediate-ly and close the bonnet in the correctmanner.
WARNING
If the supporting rod is notpositioned correctly, the
bonnet may fall violently.
WARNING
Perform these operations on-ly when the car is stationary.
WARNING
ROOF RACK/SKI RACK
3-door versions
The front hooks are located at points A-fig. 93.
The rear hooks are set at points B markedby the (O) symbols on the rear side win-dows.
5-door versions
The front hooks are located at points A-fig. 93.
The rear hooks are set at points B and aremarked by a groove on the upper part ofthe door frame.
IMPORTANT Follow the instructionscontained in the assembly kit carefully. As-sembly must be performed by qualifiedpersonnel.
fig. 93 F0M0102m
After travelling for a shortdistance, check that the fas-
tening screws are correctly tightened.
WARNING
Strictly adhere to the laws inforce concerning maximumclearance.
Distribute the load evenlyand, when driving, bear in
mind the increased sensitivity of thevehicle to side wind.
WARNING
Never exceed the permittedload (see “Technical data”section).
033-071 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 71
72
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S HEADLIGHTS
LIGHT BEAM DIRECTION
The correct direction of the headlights isessential for the comfort and safety of thedriver and other road users. The head-lights must be correctly directed to ensurethe best visibility. Contact a Fiat Dealer-ship to have the direction checked and, ifnecessary, adjusted.
HEADLIGHT ALIGNMENTCORRECTOR
This device works with the key at MARand the dipped beam headlights on. Thecar will slant backwards when it is loaded,raising the light beam. The beams musttherefore be aimed again in this case.
Headlight alignment adjustmentfig. 94
To adjust, press buttons Ò and Ó on thecontrol panel.
The display located on the instrument pan-el provides the visual indication of the po-sitions during the adjustment operation.
Position 0 – one or two people on frontseats.
Position 1 – five people.
Position 2 – five people + load in the boot.
Position 3 – driver + maximum admittedload in the boot.
IMPORTANT Check the beam alignmentevery time the load transported changes.
FRONT FOG LIGHTSALIGNMENT (for versions/markets, where provided)
Contact a Fiat Dealership to have the di-rection checked and, if necessary, adjusted.
fig. 94 F0M0103m
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 72
73
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SHEADLIGHT BEAMADJUSTMENT ABROAD fig. 95-96
The dipped headlights are adjusted towork in the country where the vehiclewas originally purchased. In countrieswhere vehicles are driven on the otherside of the road, the beams are aligned byapplying a specially designed adhesive filmin order not to dazzle the vehicles trav-elling in the opposite direction.
Such film is provided by Lineaccessori Fiat and is available at Fiat Dealerships.
The illustrations refer to the changeoverfrom driving on the left to driving on theright.fig. 95 F0M0105m
fig. 96 F0M0106m
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 73
74
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S ABS SYSTEM
If you have never driven a vehicle withABS before, it is advisable to performa few tests on slippery ground, naturally inconditions of safety and respecting thehighway code of the country where youare driving. Read the following informa-tion carefully.
ABS is an integral part of the braking sys-tem which prevents, whatever the roadconditions and force applied to the brakepedal, the wheels from locking and con-sequently sliding under braking, thus en-suring that the vehicle remains under con-trol even during emergency braking.
The system is completed by EBD (Elec-tronic Brakeforce Distribution), which dis-tributes the braking action between frontand rear wheels.
IMPORTANT For the maximum efficien-cy of the braking system, a bedding-in pe-riod of about 500 km is needed (for a newvehicle or after having replaced the brakepads/discs): during this period it is betterto avoid sharp, repeated and prolongedbraking.
The ABS gets the most fromthe available grip, but it can-
not improve it; you should thereforetake every care when driving on slip-pery surfaces and not take unneces-sary risks.
WARNING
SYSTEM INTERVENTION
The driver can tell the ABS system hasbeen activated because the brake pedalpulsates slightly and the system gets nois-ier: this means that the car speed shouldbe altered to fit the type of road surface.
If the ABS cuts in, it is a signthat the grip between tyre
and the road surface has reached thelimit: you must slow down to matchthe speed to the road grip available.
WARNING
FAILURE INDICATIONS
ABS failure
This is indicated by the > warning lighton the instrument panel together with thededicated message on the multifunctiondisplay (for versions/markets, where pro-vided) coming on (see “Warning lights andmessages” section).
In this case, the braking system will workas normal, but without the extra capacityoffered by the ABS system. Drive care-fully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to havethe system checked.
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 74
75
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SBRAKE ASSIST (integrated ESPemergency braking assistance) (for versions/markets, where provided)
This system (which is compulsory) recog-nises emergency braking according to thespeed of operation of the brake pedal andprovides additional hydraulic braking pres-sure to support that applied by the driver.This allows faster and more powerful op-eration of the braking system.
The Brake Assist is deactivated on ver-sions equipped with ESP, in the event ofan ESP system failure (indicated by warn-ing light á switching on together with themessage in the multifunctional display, forversions/markets, where provided).
ESP SYSTEM (ElectronicStability Program) (for versions/markets, where provided)
This is an electronic system that controlscar stability in the event of tyre grip loss,helping to maintain directional control.
The ESP system is therefore particularlyuseful when road surface grip changes.
In addition to the ESP system, ASR systemand Hill Holder, the MSR system (adjustingthe engine braking torque) and the HBAsystem (improving the braking force dur-ing emergency braking) are also provided(for versions/markets, where provided).
SYSTEM INTERVENTION
This is signalled by the flashing of warn-ing light á on the instrument panel, to in-form the driver that the car is in criticalstability and grip conditions.
When the ABS cuts in andyou feel the brake pedal pul-
sating, do not remove your foot, butkeep the pedal pushed down; in do-ing so you, will stop in the shortestdistance possible under the road con-ditions at the time.
WARNING
EBD failure
This is indicated by the > and x warn-ing lights on the instrument panel togeth-er with the dedicated message on the mul-tifunction display (for versions/markets,where provided) coming on (see “Warn-ing lights and messages” section).
In this case, the rear wheels may sudden-ly lock and the vehicle may swerve whenbraking sharply. Drive carefully to thenearest Fiat Dealership to have the systemchecked.
If only the x warning lighton the instrument panel
lights up (together with a message inthe multifunction display, for ver-sions/markets, where provided) stopthe vehicle immediately and contactthe nearest Fiat Dealership. Fluidleaking from the hydraulic system willcompromise the operation of thebraking system, whether it is of theconventional type or with ABS.
WARNING
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 75
76
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S SYSTEM ACTIVATION
The ESP system is automatically activat-ed when the car is started and cannot bede-activated.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
In the event of a failure, the ESP will be au-tomatically switched off and the á warn-ing light will come on permanently on theinstrument panel along with a message onthe multifunction display (for versions/markets, where provided) (see “Warninglights and messages” section). The LED onthe ASR OFF button will also light up.Contact a Fiat Dealership as soon as pos-sible if this happens.
Do not take unnecessaryrisks, even if your vehicle is
fitted with an ESP system. Your dri-ving style must always be suited to theroad conditions, visibility and traffic.The driver is always ultimately re-sponsible for road safety.
WARNING
HILL HOLDER SYSTEM
This is an integral part of the ESP system,making hill-starts easier.
It is automatically activated in the follow-ing conditions:
❒ uphill: vehicle stationary on a road witha gradient higher than 5%, engine run-ning, brake pedal pressed and gearboxin neutral or gear other than reverse;
❒ downhill: vehicle stationary on a roadwith a gradient higher than 5%, enginerunning, brake pedal pressed and re-verse gear engaged.
At pick-up, the ESP system control unitwill maintain the braking pressure at thewheels until the necessary engine torquefor moving away is reached or, in any case,for a maximum of 2 seconds in order tomove easily from the brake pedal to theaccelerator pedal.
If the vehicle has not departed after thistime, the system will deactivate automat-ically by gradually releasing the brakeforce.
At release, the typical brake disengage-ment noise indicating that the car is go-ing to move will be heard.
Failure indications
System failure is indicated by the turningon of warning light * on the instrumentpanel with digital display and warning lightá on the instrument panel with multi-function display (for versions/markets,where provided) (see section “Warninglights and messages”).
IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system isnot a parking brake; therefore, never leavethe vehicle without having engaged thehandbrake, turned the engine off and se-lected first gear.
For the correct operation ofthe ESP and ASR systems,
the tyres must be the same make andtype on all wheels, in perfect condi-tion and, above all, of the type, makeand size recommended.
WARNING
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 76
77
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
MSR system (engine braking regulation)
This is an integral part of the ASR systemthat, in case of sudden gear shifting, cutsin to provide torque to the engine, thuspreventing excessive driving wheel dragthat, especially in poor grip conditions, canlead to loss of stability.
Switching the system on/off fig. 97The ASR system switches on automaticallyeach time the engine is started. When travelling, the ASR can be switchedoff and on again by pressing button A lo-cated on the dashboard fig. 97.
If the system is off, the LED on the buttonlights up together with a message shownon the multifunction display (for versions/markets, where provided).If the ASR is switched off when travelling,it will turn on again automatically the nexttime the engine is started.When travelling on snowy roads withsnow chains, it may be helpful to turn theASR off: in fact, in these conditions, thedriving wheels skidding when moving offmakes it possible to get better traction.
For the correct operation ofthe ESP and ASR systems,
the tyres must be the same make andtype on all wheels, in perfect condi-tion and, above all, of the type, makeand size recommended.
WARNING
fig. 97
ASROFF
F0M0109m
ASR SYSTEM (Anti-slip Regulator)This function controls car drive and cutsin automatically every time one or bothdriving wheels skid.
Depending on how skiddy the road is,two different control systems are acti-vated:
❒ if the skidding involves both drivewheels, the ASR function intervenesby reducing the power transmitted bythe engine;
❒ if the skidding involves only one dri-ving wheel, the ASR system cuts in byautomatically braking the wheel thatis sliding.
The ASR system is particularly helpful inthe following circumstances:
❒ skidding of the inner wheel when cor-nering due to the effect of dynamicload changes or excessive acceleration;
❒ too much power transmitted to thewheels in relation to the conditions ofthe road surface;
❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy oricy surfaces;
❒ loss of grip on a wet surface (aqua-planing).
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 77
78
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SDo not take unnecessaryrisks, even if your vehicle is
fitted with this system. Your drivingstyle must always be suited to theroad conditions, visibility and traffic.The driver is always responsible forroad safety.
WARNING
For correct operation of the ASR system,the tyres must be of the same brand andtype on all wheels, in perfect conditionsand, above all, of the type, brand and sizerecommended.
FAILURE INDICATIONS
In the event of a failure, the ASR systemwill be automatically switched off andwarning light á will appear permanentlyon the instrument panel along with a mes-sage on the multifunction display (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) (see“Warning lights and messages”). In thiscase, contact a Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible.
EOBD SYSTEM
The EOBD (European On Board Diagno-sis) system allows continuous diagnosticsof the emission-related components of thecar.
It also alerts the driver, by turning on theU warning light on the instrument panel(together with a relevant message in themultifunction display, for versions/mar-kets, where provided) (see “Warninglights and messages” section), when thesecomponents are no longer in peak con-dition.
The goal of the system is to:
❒ keep the system efficiency under con-trol;
❒ warn when a fault causes emissions lev-els to increase;
❒ warn of the need to replace non-per-forming components.
The system also has a connector that canbe interfaced with appropriate equipment,which makes it possible to read the er-ror codes stored in the control unit, to-gether with a series of specific parametersfor engine operation and diagnosis. Thischeck can also be carried out by traffic authorities.
IMPORTANT After resolving the prob-lem, to check the system completely, Fi-at Dealerships are obliged to run a benchtest and, if necessary, road tests whichmay call for a long journey.
If, when the ignition key isturned to the MAR position,the U warning light eitherdoes not come on or, when
driving, it comes on permanently orflashes (along with a message in themultifunction display for versions/mar -kets, where provided), contact a FiatDealership as soon as possible. Theoperation of the Uwarning light maybe checked by traffic police using ap-propriate equipment. Follow the lawsin force in the country where you aredriving.
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 78
79
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING SYSTEM
The car is equipped with an electricallycontrolled power steering system called“Dualdrive”, working only with the igni-tion key at MAR and the engine running,that customises steering force accordingto the driving conditions.
ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION(CITY function)
To activate/deactivate the function, pressthe button on the dashboard.
Activation is indicated by:
❒ the word CITY on the instrumentpanel (for versions with multifunctiondisplay);
❒ the word CITY lit up on the button after it has been pressed fig. 98.
When the CITY function is on, the steer-ing wheel effort is lighter, making parkingeasier: therefore, this function is particu-larly useful for driving in city centres.
For the Sport version, this function guar-antees improved driving comfort becausethe accelerator pedal is better calibratedfor gradual acceleration/deceleration.
fig. 98 F0M0111m
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 79
80
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S FAILURE INDICATIONS
Any failure of the electric power steeringsystem is indicated by instrument panelwarning light g coming on together witha message on the multifunction display (forversions/markets, where provided) (seesection “Warning lights and messages”).
In the event of electric power steering sys-tem failure, the car can be driven with me-chanical steering.
IMPORTANT In some circumstances, fac-tors independent of the electric powersteering could cause the g warning lightin the instrument panel to come on.
In this case, stop the car immediately,switch off the engine for about 20 secondsand then restart the car. If the warninglight g is still on, along with the messageon the multifunction display (for ver-sions/markets, where provided), contacta Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT The steering may becomestiffer during parking manoeuvres that re-quire a lot of turns of the wheel. This isnormal and is caused by the electric con-trol motor overheating protection system.No repairs are needed. The power steer-ing system will start working properlyagain the next time the car is used.
It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out any after-market
operation involving steering system orsteering column modifications (e.g. in-stallation of anti-theft device) thatcould badly affect performance andsafety, invalidate the warranty andalso result in the car failing to com-ply with regulations.
WARNING
Before servicing the car,switch off the engine and re-
move the key from the ignition to ac-tivate the steering lock. This is espe-cially important when the car wheelsare not touching the ground. If thisis not possible (for example if the keyneeds to be turned to MAR or the en-gine must be running), remove themain fuse that protects the electricpower steering.
WARNING
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 80
81
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 99 F0M0505m
START&STOP SYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)
FOREWORD
The Start&Stop device automatically stopsthe engine each time the vehicle is sta-tionary and starts it again when the driverwants to move off.
This improves the efficiency of the vehicleby reducing fuel consumption, the emis-sion of harmful gases and noise pollution.The system is activated each time the caris started.
OPERATING MODES
Engine cut-out mode
With manual transmission
With the vehicle stationary, the enginecuts out with the gearbox in neutral andthe clutch pedal released.
With Dualogic gearbox
(for versions/markets, where provided)
The engine cuts out if the car stops withthe brake pedal pressed.
This condition can be maintained even ifthe brake pedal is not pressed, if the gearlever is in position N.
NB: The engine can be stopped automat-ically only after a speed of about 10 Km/his reached, to prevent the engine from be-ing repeatedly stopped when driving atwalking pace.
The engine being stopped is signalled bythe warning light fig. 99 on the instrumentpanel, depending on the configuration.
Engine restarting mode
With normal transmission
Press the clutch pedal to allow the engineto be restarted.
With Dualogic gearbox (for versions/markets, where provided)
If the gear lever is in position N, place itin any other gear, otherwise release thebrake pedal or move the gear lever to (+),(–) or R .
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 81
82
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 100 F0M0506m fig. 101 F0M0507m
MANUAL ACTIVATION ANDDEACTIVATION
You can activate/deactivate the device by pressing the button on the dashboardfig. 101. When the system is switched off,“Start&Stop OFF” appears on the dash-board fig. 100.
In addition, (for versions/markets, whereprovided) additional indications concern-ing the deactivation or activation ofStart&Stop is given through a message onthe display.
NO ENGINE CUT-OUTCONDITIONS
With the device activated, for reasons ofcomfort, limiting emissions and safety, theengine does not stop in certain conditions,including:
❒ engine still cold;
❒ particularly cold external temperatures,where the appropriate indication is pro-vided;
❒ battery not sufficiently charged;
❒ heated rear windscreen activated;
❒ windscreen wipers working at maxi-mum speed;
❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF) regener-ation ongoing (for versions/markets,where provided);
❒ driver’s door not shut;
❒ driver’s seat belt not fastened;
❒ reverse gear engaged (for example, dur-ing parking manoeuvres);
❒ automatic climate control, if a com-fortable temperature has not yet beenreached or MAX – DEF function en-abled;
❒ during the first period of use, to initial-ize the system.
In the above cases, an information mes-sage appears on the display and (for ver-sions/markets, where provided) the warn-ing light fig. 99 will flash on the instrumentpanel.
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 82
83
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 102 F0M0508m
RESTARTING CONDITIONS
For reasons of comfort, limiting harmfulemissions and safety purposes, the powerunit can restart automatically without anyaction on behalf of the driver if certainconditions are met, including:
❒ battery not sufficiently charged;
❒ windscreen wipers working at maxi-mum speed;
❒ extreme braking system pressure, e.g.following the brake pedal being pressedrepeatedly;
❒ car moving around, for example whendriving on hilly roads;
❒ stopping the engine through theStart&Stop system for more than aboutthree minutes.
❒ automatic climate control system forestablishing a comfortable temperatureor enabling the MAX – DEF function.
With a gear engaged, the engine can be au-tomatically restarted only by fully de-pressing the clutch pedal. The driver isasked to perform this operation througha message on the instrument panel and,for versions/markets, where provided, bythe warning light fig. 102 on the instru-ment panel flashing
NB: If the clutch is not pressed, when thethree minutes have elapsed since the en-gine was stopped, the engine can berestarted only by using the key.
NB: In cases when the engine stops andthis is not desired, due for example to theclutch pedal being released sharply witha gear engaged, if the Start&Stop systemis activated, the engine can be restarted byfully depressing the clutch pedal or byputting the gear lever into neutral.
SAFETY FUNCTIONS
In engine cut-out conditions through theStart&Stop system, if the driver unfastenshis/her seat belt and opens the driver’sdoor or the passenger door, the enginecan be restarted only by using the key.
The driver is notified of this conditionboth by a buzzer and through an infor-mation message on the display and (forversions/markets, where provided) by thewarning light fig. 102 on the instrumentpanel flashing.
ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION (for versions/markets, where provided)
If, after the engine has been automatical-ly restarted, the driver does not take anyaction for a period of about 3 minutes, theStart&Stop system will definitively stop theengine to avoid fuel consumption. In thesecases, the engine can be restarted only byusing the key.
NB: In any case, it is possible to keep the engine running by deactivating theStart&Stop system.
OPERATING IRREGULARITIES
In the case of malfunctions the Start&Stopsystem is disabled. The driver is informedof the problem by the general failurewarning light A-fig. 102, for versions/markets, where provided, coming on withan information message and the systemfailure symbol B-fig. 102 on the controlpanel. In this case, contact a Fiat Dealer-ship.
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 83
84
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
CAR INACTIVITY fig. 103 (with Start&Stop system withdummy pole) (for versions/markets where provided)
In case of vehicle inactivity conditions, payspecial attention to the disconnection ofthe battery power supply. The proceduremust be made by disconnecting the quickrelease negative terminal A-fig. 103 fromthe dummy negative pole B, as the batterynegative pole C has a sensor D for bat-tery condition monitoring that must nev-er be disconnected (unless the battery isreplaced).
CAR INACTIVITY fig. 104(with Start&Stop system withoutdummy pole)(for versions/markets where provided)
In case of car inactivity, special attentionmust be paid due to the disconnection ofthe battery power supply. Proceed as fol-lows: detach the connector A-fig. 104 (bypressing button B) from sensor C formonitoring the battery status installed onthe battery negative pole D. This sensorshould never be disconnected from thepole except if the battery is replaced.
EMERGENCY STARTING (with Start&Stop system withdummy pole) (for versions/markets where provided)
In case of vehicle jump starting, never connect the negative cable (–) of the auxiliary battery to the negative pole B-fig. 105 of the vehicle battery, ratherto the dummy pole A or to an en-gine/gearbox earth point.
When replacing the battery,always go to a Fiat Dealer-
ship. Replace the battery using a newone of the same type (HEAVY DUTY)and having the same specifications.
WARNING
fig. 103 F0M0514m fig. 104 F0M0516m fig. 105 F0M0517m
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 84
85
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 106
A
F0M0510m fig. 107 F0M0511m
EMERGENCY STARTING fig. 106(with Start&Stop system withoutdummy pole)(for versions/markets where provided)
When jump starting, never connect thenegative lead (–) of the auxiliary battery tothe negative pole A-fig. 106 of the carbattery, but rather to an engine/gearboxearth point.
IMPORTANT
Before opening the bonnet,make sure that the car is
switched off and the key is in the OFFposition. Follow the instructions onthe plate near the front crossmemberfig. 107. It is advisable to extract thekey when there are other people inthe car. The car should always beevacuated after the key has been re-moved or turned to the OFF position.During refuelling operations, it is nec-essary to make sure that the car is offwith the ignition key in the OFF po-sition.
WARNING
For cars with a robotisedtransmission, if the engine
cuts out automatically on a gradient,it is advisable to restart the engine bymoving the gear lever towards (+) or(-) without releasing the brake pedal.For vehicles with Dualogic transmis-sion, where the Hill Holder functionis present, if the engine cuts out au-tomatically whilst on a hill, it is ad-visable to restart it by moving thegear lever towards (+) or towards (-)without releasing the brake pedal tomake the Hill Holder function –which is active only when the engineis running – available.
WARNING
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 85
86
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
fig. 108 F0M0512m
GEAR SHIFT INDICATORSYSTEM (for versions/markets, where provided)
The “GSI” system (Gear Shift Indicator)advises the driver to change gear via a sig-nal on the instrument panel (see fig. 108).
Through the GSI, where provided, the dri-ver is advised that changing gear will re-duce fuel consumption.
Therefore, for driving oriented towardscutting fuel consumption, it is recom-mended to follow the suggestions of theGear Shift Indicator.
When the SHIFT UP icon (N SHIFT) isshown on the display, the GSI is advisingthe driver to select a higher gear, whilethe SHIFT DOWN icon (O SHIFT) sug-gests a lower gear should be engaged.
If you want to prioritise cli-mate comfort, the Start&Stop
system can be disabled to allow con-tinuous operation of the climate con-trol system.
WARNING
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 86
87
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSOUND SYSTEM(for versions/markets, where provided)
For the operation of the radio with CD/MP3 player (for versions/markets, whereprovided), read the Supplement attachedto this Owner’s Handbook.
SOUND SYSTEM READINESS (for versions/markets, where provided)
The system consists of:❒ sound system power cables❒ cables to connect front and rear
speakers❒ aerial power cable❒ 2 tweeters on front doors (30 W max
power each);❒ 2 mid-woofers on front doors
(165 mm diameter, 40 W max powereach);
❒ 2 full-range speakers on rear doorsand rear valance panels (130 mmdiameter, 40 W max power each);
❒ radio aerial cable.
Sound system installation
The sound system must be installed in theplace occupied by the central storagecompartment because this is where youwill find the preset cables.
To extract the compartment, press in thepoints shown in the diagram fig. 109 cor-responding to the retainer systems.
fig. 109 F0M0114m
For connection to the presetcables, contact a Fiat Deal-
ership to prevent any problem thatcould impair car safety.
WARNING
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 87
88
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S SATELLITE NAVIGATIONSYSTEM READINESS (for versions/markets, where provided)
On cars equipped with the Blue&Me™system, there may be (on request) capac-ity to install the satellite navigation system,which is available from Lineaccessori Fiat.
Install the navigation system by insertingthe dedicated support bracket into thehousing shown in fig. 110.
fig. 110 F0M0431m
ACCESSORIESPURCHASED BY THE OWNER
If, after buying the vehicle, you decide toinstall electrical accessories that require apermanent electrical supply (sound sys-tem, satellite anti-theft system, etc.) orones that drain the battery, contact a Fi-at Dealership, whose qualified personnel,besides suggesting the most suitable de-vices from Lineaccessori Fiat, will alsocheck whether the vehicle’s electrics areable to withstand the load required, orwhether they need to be integrated witha more powerful battery.
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 88
89
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SRADIO TRANSMITTERS AND MOBILE PHONES
Radio transmitter equipment (vehicle mo-bile phones, CB radios, amateur radio etc.)shall not be used inside the car unlessa separate aerial is mounted on the roof.
IMPORTANT The use of these devices in-side the passenger compartment (withouta separate aerial) may cause the vehicleelectrical systems to malfunction. Thiscould compromise safety in addition toconstituting a potential hazard for pas-sengers’ health.
In addition, transmission and reception ofthese devices may be affected by theshielding effect of the car body.
With regard to EC-approved mobilephones (GSM, GPRS, UMTS), you shouldadhere strictly to the instructions provid-ed by the mobile phone’s manufacturer.
Take care when fitting addi-tional spoilers, alloy wheels
or non-standard wheel hubs: theycould reduce the ventilation of thebrakes and affect efficiency undersharp, repeated braking or on longdescents. Make sure that nothing ob-structs the pedals (mats, etc.)
WARNING INSTALLING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC DEVICES
Electrical and electronic devices installedafter buying the car in the context of af-ter-sales service must carry the followinglabel:
Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorises the installationof transceiving devices provided that theyare installed by a specialised centre ac-cording to rules of good engineering prac-tice in compliance with the manufacturer’sinstructions.
IMPORTANT Traffic police may not al-low the car on the road if devices havebeen installed which modify the featuresof the car. This may also cause invalida-tion of warranty in relation to faultscaused by the change or either directly orindirectly related to it.
Fiat Auto S.p.A. shall not be liable for dam-age caused by the installation of acces-sories either not supplied or recom-mended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and/or notinstalled in compliance with the providedinstructions.
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 89
90
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S REFUELLING THE CAR
PETROL ENGINES
Use only unleaded petrol.
To avoid mistakes, the diameter of the fu-el tank opening is too small to insert thenozzle of a leaded petrol pump. The petroloctane rating (RON) must not be lowerthan 95.
IMPORTANT An inefficient catalytic con-verter leads to harmful exhaust emissions,thus contributing to air pollution.
IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol,even in small amounts or in an emergency,as this would damage the catalytic con-verter beyond repair.
DIESEL ENGINES
If the outside temperature is very low, thediesel thickens due to the formation ofparaffin clots and could clog the diesel fu-el filter.
In order to avoid these problems, differ-ent types of diesel are distributed ac-cording to the season: summer type, win-ter type and arctic type (cold, mountainareas).
If refuelling with diesel fuel whose speci-fications are not suitable for the usagetemperature, it is advisable to mix in theTUTELA DIESEL ART additive in the pro-portions shown on the container. Pourthe additive into the tank before the fuel.
When using or parking the vehicle fora long time in the mountains or cold ar-eas, it is advisable to refuel using locallyavailable diesel.
In this case, it is also advisable to keep thetank over 50% full.
For diesel engines, use onlydiesel fuel for motor vehiclesin accordance with EN590European specifications. The
use of other products or mixtures maydamage the engine beyond repair andconsequently invalidate the warranty,depending on the damage caused. Ifyou accidentally introduce other typesof fuel into the tank, do not start theengine. Empty the tank. If the enginehas run, even for a very short time, youwill need to have the entire fuel systememptied in addition to the tank.
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 90
91
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
FUEL TANK CAP fig. 111
To carry out refuelling, open lid A and un-screw cap B; the cap is fitted with a de-vice C which fastens it to the lid so it can-not be mislaid.
In some versions, cap B may be providedwith a lock and key; use the ignition keyto access the flap A, turn it anti-clockwiseand unscrew the cap itself.
The hermetic seal may cause a slight in-crease in pressure in the tank. A suctionnoise when you release the cap is there-fore entirely normal.
When refuelling, hook the cap onto thedevice inside the lid as shown in fig. 111.
fig. 111 F0M0138m
Do not place naked flamesor lit cigarettes near to the
fuel tank opening: fire risk. Keep yourface away from the fuel tank open-ing to avoid breathing in harmfulvapours.
WARNING
Filling the tank
To fill the tank completely, top up twiceafter the first click of the trigger. Furthertop ups could cause faults in the fuel sup-ply system.
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
The devices for reducing petrol engineemissions are the following:
❒ three-way catalytic converter;
❒ Lambda sensors;
❒ fuel evaporation prevention system.
In addition, do not let the engine run, evenfor a test, with one or more spark plugsdisconnected.
The following devices are used for reduc-ing diesel fuel engine emissions:
❒ oxidising catalytic converter;
❒ exhaust gas recirculation system (E.G.R.);
❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF) (for ver-sions/markets, where provided).
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 91
92
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
The catalytic converterreaches high temperatures
during normal operation. Do notpark the on grass, dry leaves, pineneedles or other flammable materi-al: fire hazard.
WARNING
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) (for versions/markets where provided)
The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechan-ical filter, integral with the exhaust system,that physically traps particulates presentin the exhaust gases of diesel engines.
The diesel particulate filter is needed toeliminate almost all particulates in com-pliance with current/future legislation.
During normal use of the vehicle, the en-gine control unit records a set of data (e.g.travel time, type of route, temperatures,etc.) and it will then calculate how muchparticulate has been trapped by the filter.
Since this filter physically traps particu-late, it should be regenerated (cleaned)at regular intervals by burning the carbonparticles.
The regeneration procedure is handledautomatically by the engine control unitaccording to the filter conditions and ve-hicle use conditions.
During regeneration, there may be: a lim-ited increase in minimum revs, a slight in-crease in fumes and high exhaust temper-atures. These are not faults; they do notimpair vehicle performance or damage theenvironment.
If the dedicated message is displayed, re-fer to the “Warning lights and messages”section.
The diesel particulate filter(DPF) (for versions/markets,
where provided) reaches high tem-peratures during normal operation.Do not park the vehicle on grass, dryleaves, pine needles or other flam-mable material: fire hazard.
WARNING
072-092 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:37 Pagina 92
93
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
SEAT BELTS ........................................................................... 94
SBR SYSTEM .......................................................................... 95
PRETENSIONERS ................................................................ 96
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY ..................................... 99
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE “UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ..... 103
FRONT AIRBAGS ................................................................ 105
SIDE AIRBAGS ...................................................................... 107
SSAAFFEETTYY
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 93
94
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
The reel may lock up when the car isparked on a steep slope: this is perfectlynormal. Furthermore, the reel mechanismlocks the belt if it is pulled sharply or inthe event of sudden braking, collisions andhigh-speed bends.
The rear seat is fitted with inertia seatbelts with three anchor points and a reel.
The rear seat belts must be worn as perfig. 2 (with safety belt for the middle seat,for versions/markets, where provided) oras per fig. 3 (two rear seats).
SEAT BELTS
USING THE SEAT BELTS fig. 1
The belt should be worn keeping the tor-so straight and rested against the seatback.
To fasten the seat belts, hold the tongueA and insert it into the buckle B, untilhearing the locking click.
If the seat belt jams, let it rewind fora short stretch, then pull it out again with-out jerking.
Press button C to release the belt. Guidethe belt while it is being rewound, to pre-vent twisting.
Through the reel, the belt automaticallyadapts to the body of the passenger wear-ing it, allowing freedom of movement.
fig. 1 F0M0040m fig. 2 F0M0041m
fig. 3 F0M0502m
Never press button C-fig. 1when travelling.
WARNING
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 94
IMPORTANT The back rest is correctlylocked into place when the red band nextto the backrest release handles fig. 4 dis-appears. This red band indicates that thebackrest is not secured. When returningthe backrest to its normal position, makesure it is correctly fastened and you hearthe lock click.
IMPORTANT After putting the seats backto their normal position, restore the seatbelt position to make them ready for use.
95
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
fig. 4 F0M0042m
Remember that, in the eventof a violent collision, back
seat passengers not wearing seat beltsrepresent a serious danger for thefront seat passengers as well as forthemselves.
WARNING
Make sure the backrest isproperly secured at both
sides to prevent it moving forward inthe event of sharp braking that maycause injuries to passengers.
WARNING
SBR SYSTEM
The car is fitted with the SBR system (SeatBelt Reminder), consisting of an audiblewarning which, together with the turningon of the warning light < on the instru-ment panel, warns the driver and/or thefront passenger (for versions/markets,where provided), that they need to fastentheir seat belt.
For permanent deactivation, contact a FiatDealership.
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 95
PRETENSIONERS
To increase the efficiency of the seat belts,the car is fitted with front pretensioners.These devices, in the event of a violentcrash, rewind the seat belts by a few cen-timetres. In this way, they ensure that theseat belt adheres perfectly to the wearerbefore the restraining action begins.
The seat belt reel locks to indicate that thepretensioners have intervened; the seatbelt cannot be drawn back up even whenguiding it manually.
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest de-gree of protection from the action of thepretensioning device, wear the seat belttight to the chest and pelvis.
A slight amount of smoke may be detect-ed during operation of the pretensioners.This smoke is not harmful and does notindicate a fire.
The pretensioner does not require anymaintenance or lubrication.
Anything that modifies its original condi-tions invalidates its efficiency.
If, due to unusual natural events (floods,sea storms, etc.), the device has been affected by water and mud, it must be replaced.
LOAD LIMITERS
To increase passenger safety, the frontseat belt reels contain a load limiter whichcontrols the force acting on the chest andshoulders during the belt restraining ac-tion in the event of a head-on collision.
96
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
The pretensioner can beused only once. Go to a Fiat
Dealership to have it replaced afterit has been deployed. Consult thecard in the glove box to check the sta-tus of the pretensioners. Go to a FiatDealership to have the device re-placed when the expiration date approaches.
WARNING
Operations which lead toknocks, vibrations or lo-calised heating (over 100 °Cfor a maximum of 6 hours) in
the area around the pretensioners maycause damage or trigger them. Thesedevices are not affected by vibrationscaused by irregularities of the road sur-face or low obstacles such as kerbs,etc. Contact a Fiat Dealership for anyassistance.
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 96
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING THE SEAT BELTS
The driver is responsible for respecting,and ensuring that all the other occupantsof the car also respect, the local laws inforce in relation to the use of the seatbelts. Always fasten the seat belts beforesetting off.
Seat belts are also to be worn by expec-tant mothers: the risk of injury in the eventof an accident is greatly reduced for themand the unborn child if they are wearinga seat belt.
Of course, mothers-to-be must positionthe lower part of the belt very low downso that it passes over the pelvis and underthe abdomen fig. 5.
97
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
fig. 5 F0M0043m fig. 6 F0M0044m fig. 7 F0M0045m
The belt must not be twist-ed. The upper part must
cross the shoulder and the chest di-agonally. The lower part must adhereto the hips fig. 6, not to the abdomen.Do not use devices (clips, etc.) to holdthe seat belt away from your body.
WARNING
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 97
HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS EFFECTIVE
Observe the following precautions forcorrect seat belt maintenance:
❒ always use the belt with the tap wellstretched and never twisted; make surethat it is free to run without obstruc-tions;
❒ replace the belt after a serious accident,even if it does not appear damaged. Always replace the seat belt if the pre-tensioners were deployed;
❒ To clean the belt, wash by hand withwater and mild soap, rinse and leave todry in the shade. Do not use strong de-tergents, bleach, paints or any otherchemicals which could damage the beltfibres;
❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:their correct operation is guaranteedonly if water does not get inside;
❒ replace the seat belt when it showssigns of significant wear or cuts.
98
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
For maximum safety, keepthe back of your seat up-
right, lean back into it and make surethe seat belt fits closely across yourchest and hips. Always fasten the seatbelts on both the front and the rearseats! Travelling without seat beltswill increase the risk of severe injuryand even death in the event of an accident.
WARNING
Never disassemble or tamperwith the seat belt or preten-
sioner components. All operationsmust be performed by qualified andauthorised personnel. Always go toa Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
If the belt has been subject-ed to heavy stress, for ex-
ample after an accident, it should bechanged completely together withthe anchors, anchor fastening screwsand the pretensioner. In fact, even ifthe belt has no visible defects, it couldhave lost its resilience.
WARNING
Each seat belt must be usedby only one person. Never
travel with a child sitting on the pas-senger’s lap and a single belt to pro-tect them both. In general, do notplace any objects between the personand the belt.
WARNING
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 98
For optimum protection in the event ofa crash, all passengers must be seated andwearing adequate restraint systems.
This is even more important for children.
This prescription is compulsory in all EU countries pursuant to Directive2003/20/EC.
A child’s head is larger and heavier than anadult’s in proportion to its body, while itsmuscular and bone structures are not ful-ly developed. For this reason, they requirerestraint systems which are different fromthose used by adults to protect them inthe event of an accident.
The research results in relation to the bestprotection for children are illustrated inthe European Regulation EEC-R44, whichdivides the restraint systems into fivegroups in addition to making their usecompulsory:
Group 0 0-10 kg in weight
Group 0+ 0-13 kg
Group 1 9-18 kg
Group 2 15-25 kg
Group 3 22-36 kg
As you can see, the groups overlap part-ly and, in fact, there are devices on salethat cover more than one weight group.
99
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY
All child restraint devices must bear thecertification data, together with the con-trol brand, on a solidly fixed to the seat label which must never be removed.
When over 1.50 m in height, from thepoint of view of restraint systems, childrenare considered as adults and have to wearthe standard seat belts.
Lineaccessori Fiat has child seats for eachweight group. These devices are recom-mended, having been specifically designedfor Fiat cars.
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 99
100
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
GROUPS 0 and 0+Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facingbackwards on a cradle seat, which, sup-porting the head, does not induce stress onthe neck in the event of sharp deceleration.The cradle is held in place by the car seatbelts fig. 8 and in turn it must restrainthe child with its own belts.
Do not place a child seatfacing backwards on the
front seat if the passenger side airbagis enabled. Deployment of the airbagin an accident could cause fatal in-juries to the baby regardless of theseverity of the collision. It is advisableto carry children in dedicated childseats on the rear seat, which is themost protected position in the eventof an accident.
WARNING
WARNING Should it be ab-solutely necessary to carrya child on the front seat ina backwards-facing childseat, the passenger’s frontand side airbags chest/pelvis
protection should be deactivatedthrough the setup menu. Deactiva-tion can be verified by checking thewarning light “ on the instrumentpanel. Also, the passenger seatshould be as far back as possible toavoid contact between the child seatand the dashboard.
WARNING
fig. 8 F0M0046m
The diagram is indicativeand for assembly purposes
only. For assembly, refer to the in-structions supplied with the child seatby low.
WARNING
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 100
101
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
fig. 9 F0M0504m fig. 10 F0M0048m
GROUP 2
Children from 15 to 25 kg may be held indirectly by the car seat belts fig. 10. Thechild seat is needed only to position thechild correctly with respect to the belts sothat the diagonal section crosses the child’schest and never the neck, and the lowerpart is snug on the hips not the abdomen.
GROUP 1
From 9 kg to 18 kg of weight, children maybe carried facing forwards.
The diagram is indicativeand for assembly purposes
only. For assembly, refer to the in-structions supplied with the child seatby low.
WARNING
The diagram is indicativeand for assembly purposes
only. For assembly, refer to the in-structions supplied with the child seatby low.
WARNING
GROUP 3
For children between 22 kg and 36 kg,there are boosters allowing the seatbeltto fit correctly.
Fig. 11 shows proper child seat posi-tioning on the rear seat.
Children over 1.50 m in height can wearseat belts like adults.
fig. 11 F0M0049m
The diagram is indicativeand for assembly purposes
only. For assembly, refer to the in-structions supplied with the childseat.
WARNING
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 101
SUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR UNIVERSAL CHILD SEATUSE
The car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC which governs thearrangement possibilities for child seats on the various seats of the car as shown inthe following table:
Below is a summary of the safetyrules to be followed when carrying children:
1) The recommended position for in-stalling child seats is on the rear seat, asit is the most protected area in the eventof a crash.
2) When disengaging the passengerairbag, always check the amber warninglight on the instrument panel is perma-nently on to make sure that the airbag hasactually been deactivated.
3) Carefully follow the instructions thatcame with the child seat, which the man-ufacturer must supply by law. Keep theinstructions in the car along with the oth-er documents and this handbook. Do notuse second hand child seats without instructions.
4) Always check the seat belt is well fas-tened by pulling on it.
5) Only one child is to be strapped intoeach retaining system; never carry twochildren using one child seat.
6) Always check the seat belts do notrest on the child’s neck.
102
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
Group Weight Front Rear Central rearrange passenger passenger passenger (●)
Groups 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U (▼) U *
Group 1 9-18 kg U (▼) U *
Group 2 15-25 kg U (▼) U *
Group 3 22-36 kg U (▼) U *
Key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems in the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.
(▼) on cars whose passenger seat is not adjustable in height, the seat back must beperfectly upright.
* Never put any type of child seat on the central rear seat.
(●) For versions/markets, where provided
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 102
7) While travelling, do not let the childsit incorrectly or release the belts.
8) Never carry children on your lap, evennewborns. No one, however strong, canhold a child in the event of an accident.
9) In the event of an accident, replace thechild seat with a new one.
103
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
Do not place a child seatfacing backwards on the
front seat if the passenger side airbagis enabled. Deployment of the airbagin an accident could cause fatal in-juries to the baby regardless of theseverity of the collision. It is advisableto always carry children in a child seaton the rear seat, which is the mostprotected position in the event ofa collision.
WARNING
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE “UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”CHILD RESTRAINTSYSTEM(for versions/markets, where provided)
This car is preset for mounting the Uni-versal Isofix child restraint system, a newEuropean standardised system for carry-ing children safely.
Fig. 12 shows an example of child's re-straint system.
The Universal Isofix child’s seat coversweight group: 1.
Due to its different anchoring system, theUniversal Isofix child's seat shall be an-chored to the proper lower metal ringsA-fig. 13, set between rear seat back andcushion. The upper belt (provided withthe child's seat) shall be then secured toring B-fig. 14 set at the back of seat backrest at child's seat level.
It is possible to mount at the same timeboth the traditional restraint system andthe “Universal Isofix” one.
Remember that in case of “UniversalIsofix” child's seat, you can only use allthose seats approved with the markingECE R44/03 “Universal Isofix”.
fig. 12 F0M0253m
The Universal Isofix “Duo Plus” child seatand the special “Bimbo Fix” seat are avail-able from Lineaccessori Fiat.
For any further installation/use detail, re-fer to the “Instructions Manual” that mustbe provided by the child restraint systemManufacturer.
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 103
104
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
fig. 13 F0M0050m
fig. 14 F0M0051m
Mount the child restraintsystem only with the car sta-
tionary. The Isofix child restraint sys-tem is properly anchored to themounting brackets when clicks areheard. In any case, keep to the in-stallation instructions that must beprovided by the child restraint systemManufacturer.
WARNING
Facing backwards
Facing backwards
Facing backwards
Facing backwards
Facing backwards
Facing backwards
Facing forwards
Facing forwards
Facing forwards
E
E
D
C
D
C
B
B1
A
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON ISOFIX UNIVERSAL CHILD’S SEAT USE
The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different instal-lation possibilities of Isofix restraint systems on seats fitted with Isofix Universal fas-teners.
Range of weight Child’s seat Isofix Isofix position direction size group side rear
Group 0 - 0 to 10 kg
Group 0+ - 0 to 13 kg
Group I - 9 to 18 kg
IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universalclass (fitted with third upper fastener), approved for the weight group.
IL: suitable for Isofix Type child restraint systems, specific and approved for this typeof car. The child's seat can be installed by moving forward the front seat.
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IL
IUF
IUF
IUF
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 104
105
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
FRONT AIRBAGS
The car is fitted with front airbags for thedriver and the passenger, and with a kneebag on the driver’s side (for versions/mar -kets, where provided).
The front driver/passenger airbags and thedriver’s knee bag (for versions/markets,where provided) have been designed toprotect the occupants of the front seatsin the event of head-on crashes of medi-um/high severity, by placing the bag be-tween the occupant and the steeringwheel or dashboard.
Non-activation in other types of crash(side-on collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs,etc.) is therefore not a sign of system mal-function.
An electronic control unit causes the bagto inflate in the event of a head-on crash.The bag will inflate instantaneously, placingitself between the front occupant’s bodyand the structures which could cause in-jury. It will deflate immediately afterwards.
The front driver/passenger airbags and thedriver’s knee bag (for versions/markets,where provided) are not a replacementfor, but rather complement the use of,seat belts, which should always be worn,as specified by law in Europe and mostnon-European countries.
The volume of the front airbags at maxi-mum inflation fills most of the space between the steering wheel and the dri-ver and between the dashboard and thepassenger.
In the event of an impact, someone notwearing a seat belt will move forward andcome into contact with the bag which isstill in the opening stage. The protectionoffered by the bag is reduced in sucha case.
Front airbags may not be activated in thefollowing situations:
❒ in collisions against highly strainable ob-jects that do not affect the front surfaceof the car (e.g. bumper collision againstguard rail, piles of gravel etc.);
❒ jamming of the car underneath othervehicles or protective barriers (e.g. un-derneath a truck or a guard rail); in thiscase, the bags would offer no addition-al protection with respect to the seatbelt and their deployment is unneces-sary. In these cases, non-deployment ofthe airbag does not necessarily indicatea system malfunction.
Do not apply stickers or oth-er objects on the steering
wheel, passenger side airbag cover orupper side upholstery. Do not placeobjects (e.g. mobile phones) on thepassenger side dashboard becausethese could interfere with the correctopening of the airbag and cause se-vere injury to occupants.
WARNING
The airbags are not deployed in the eventof minor collisions (for which the with-holding action of the seat belts is suffi-cient). For this reason, the seat belt mustbe worn at all times. In the case of side-on collisions, the seat belts hold occupantsin the correct position and prevent themfrom being thrown out of the car by a veryviolent collision.
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 105
106
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
WARNING: Do not put childseats facing backwards onthe front seat if the passen-ger’s airbag is enabled(ON). Deployment of theairbag in an accident could
cause fatal injuries to the baby.Should it be absolutely necessary toplace a child seat on the front seat,always deactivate the passengerairbag. Also, the passenger seatshould be as far back as possible toavoid contact between the child seatand the dashboard. Although this isnot mandatory by law, the airbagshould be immediately reactivatedwhen children are no longer carriedto ensure better protection for adults.
WARNING
FRONT AIRBAG ONPASSENGER’S SIDE fig. 16
This consists of an instant-inflating bagcontained in a special compartment in thedashboard: this bag has a larger volumethan that of the driver’s.
fig. 15 F0M0360m fig. 16 F0M0053m
FRONT AIRBAG ON DRIVER’SSIDE fig. 15
This consists of an instant-inflating bagcontained in a special compartment in thecentre of the steering wheel.
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 106
107
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
MANUAL DEACTIVATION OF FRONT AND SIDE CHEST/PELVIS PASSENGER AIRBAGS (for versions/markets, where provided)
Whenever a child needs to be carried onthe front seat, the passenger’s front and sidechest/pelvis airbags (for versions/ markets,where provided) must be deactivated.
The warning light “ on the instrumentpanel stays on steadily until the passenger’sfront and side chest airbags (for versions/markets, where provided) are re-activated.
To manually deactivate thepassenger’s front and side
chest/pelvis airbags (for versions/mar -kets, where provided), refer to para-graphs “Digital display” and “Mul -tifunction display” in the section“Dashboard and controls”.
WARNING
SIDE AIRBAGS
The car is fitted with front side airbags for driver and passenger (for versions/mar kets, where provided) for protectingthe chest and pelvis, and window bags (for versions/markets, where provided) for protecting the heads of front and rearpassengers.
Side airbags (for versions/markets, whereprovided) protect car occupants fromside-on crashes of medium/high severityby placing the bag between the occupantand the internal parts of the side structureof the car.
Non-activation of side bags in other typesof collisions (head-on collisions, rearshunts, roll-overs, etc…) is not an indi-cation of system malfunction.
In the event of a side-on crash, an elec-tronic control unit triggers the inflation ofthe bag if required. The cushion immedi-ately inflates, placing itself between the oc-cupant’s body and structures that couldcause injuries, the cushion deflates Imme-diately afterwards.
Side bags (for versions/markets, whereprovided) are not a replacement for, butrather a complement to, the seat belts,which should be worn at all times as spec-ified by law in Europe and most non-Eu-ropean countries.
FRONT SIDE AIRBAGS - CHEST AND PELVIS ZONE PROTECTION fig. 17 (for versions/markets, where provided)
Front side airbags are housed in the seatbackrests. They consist of an instant-in-flation bag designed to increase protectionof the occupants’ chest and pelvis zone inthe event of a side-on crash of medium/high severity.
fig. 17 F0M0140m
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 107
108
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
IMPORTANT The front airbags and/orside bags may be deployed if the car is sub-ject to heavy knocks involving the under-body area, such as violent shocks againststeps, kerbs or low obstacles, the carfalling into big holes or hollows in the road.
IMPORTANT A small amount of dust willbe released when the airbags are de-ployed. The dust is not harmful and doesnot indicate the beginning of a fire. Fur-thermore, the surface of the deployed bagand the interior of the car may be coveredin a dusty residue: this may irritate skinand eyes. Wash with mild soap and wa-ter in the event of exposure.
The expiration dates of the explosivecharge and the clock wire are shown on aspecific label contained in the glove box.Go to a Fiat Dealership to have the de-vices replaced when the expiration dateapproaches.
IMPORTANT Should an accident occur inwhich any of the safety devices are acti-vated, take the vehicle to a Fiat Dealershipto have the activated devices replaced andto have the whole system checked.
Every control, repair and replacement op-eration concerning the airbags must becarried out only at Fiat Dealerships.
If you are having the car scrapped, havethe airbag system deactivated at a FiatDealership first. If the car changes own-ership, the new owner must be informedof the method of use of the airbags andthe above warnings, and also be given this“Owner’s Handbook”.
IMPORTANT Pretensioners, front airbagsand front side bags are deployed differ-ently according to the type of collision.Non-deployment of one of these devicesdoes not therefore indicate a system fault.
SIDE WINDOW BAGS - HEADPROTECTION fig. 18 (for versions/markets, were provided)
These consist of two “curtain” cushions,one on the right and the other on the leftside of the car, located behind the sidecoverings of the roof and covered by ap-propriate finishings.
Window bags have been designed for pro-tecting the head of front and rear occu-pants in the event of a side-on collision,thanks to the wide cushion inflation surface.
IMPORTANT In the event of a side-oncrash, the system offers the best protec-tion if you have a correct position on theseat because this allows the side bags toinflate correctly.
fig. 18 F0M0141m
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 108
109
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
Never rest your head, armsor elbows on the doors, on
the windows or in the window bagarea as this could cause injuries dur-ing the inflation phase.
WARNING
Never lean your head, armsor elbows out of the window.
WARNING
GENERAL WARNINGS
If when turning the key toMAR the warning light ¬
does not turn on or if it stays on whentravelling (together with the messageon the multifunction display, for ver-sions/markets, where provided), therecould be a failure in the safety sys-tems; in this event, airbags or pre-tensioners may not trigger in case ofimpact or, in a minor number of cas-es, they could trigger accidentally.Contact a Fiat Dealership immedi-ately to have the system checked.
WARNING
Do not cover the backrest offront and rear seats with
trims or covers that are not suitableto be used with side bags.
WARNING
Never travel with objects onyour lap, in front of your
chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. be-tween your lips; serious injury may re-sult in the event of the airbag beingtriggered.
WARNING
If the key is turned to MAR,even if the engine is switched
off, airbags may be deployed whenthe car is stationary and hit by an-other vehicle. For this reason, childrenmust never occupy the front seat,even if the car is not moving. Con-versely, remember that when the keyis inserted in the STOP position, nosafety device (air bag or pretension-ers) will activate following an impact;non-activation of these devices in suchcases cannot therefore be consideredan indicator of system malfunction.
WARNING
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 109
110
STAR
TING
AND
DRIV
ING
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSA
FETY
Do not wash the seats withwater or steam under pres-
sure (by hand or in automatic wash-ing stations for seats).
WARNING
Front airbag deploymenttakes place at a higher level
of impact than the pretensioners. Forcollisions in the range between thetwo thresholds, it is normal for onlythe pretensioners to be activated.
WARNING
Do not hang rigid objects onthe coat hooks and the sup-
port handles.
WARNING
Airbags do not replace seatbelts, but increase their effi-
ciency. Furthermore, since frontairbags are not deployed in lowspeed collisions, side-on collisions,rear-end shunts or roll-overs, the pas-sengers are protected only by theseat belts which must therefore befastened at all times.
WARNING
When the ignition key isturned to MAR, the warning
light (with passenger’s front airbagactivated) turns on and flashes fora few seconds to remind you that thepassenger’s air bag will be deployedin a crash, after which it should go off.
WARNING
Always drive with your handson the steering wheel rim so
that the airbag can inflate freely ifneeded. Do not drive with your bodybent forward. Keep your back straightagainst the backrest.
WARNING
If the vehicle has been sub-ject to theft or a theft at-
tempt, or if it has been affected byvandalism or flooding, have the airbagsystem checked at a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
093-110 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 110
111
SAFE
TYW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
STARTING THE ENGINE ................................................. 112
PARKING THE VEHICLE ................................................... 115
USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX ................................. 116
SAVING FUEL ....................................................................... 117
SNOW TYRES ...................................................................... 121
SNOW CHAINS .................................................................. 121
CAR INACTIVITY ............................................................... 122
SSTTAARRTTIINNGG AANNDD DDRRIIVVIINNGG
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 111
112
SAFE
TY
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GSTARTING THE ENGINE
The car is fitted with an electronic enginelock device: if the engine fails to start, seethe paragraph on “The Fiat CODE sys-tem” in the “Dashboard and controls”section.
The engine may be noisier during the firstfew seconds of operation, particularly af-ter a long period of inactivity. This is a fea-ture of hydraulic tappets, the timing sys-tem chosen to reduce the number ofservicing interventions, and effects neitherfunctionality nor reliability.
We recommend that duringthe initial period you do notdrive to full car performance(e.g. excessive acceleration,
long journeys at top speed, sharp brak-ing etc.).
When the engine is switchedoff, never leave the key inthe ignition switch to preventdraining the battery.
It is dangerous to have theengine running indoors. The
engine consumes oxygen and pro-duces carbon dioxide, carbon monox-ide and other toxic gases.
WARNING
Remember that the brakebooster and power steering
are not operational until the enginehas been started, therefore you needto apply much more force than usu-al to the brake pedal and steeringwheel.
WARNING
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR PETROL VERSIONS
Proceed as follows:
❒ ensure that the handbrake is on;
❒ put the gear lever into neutral;
❒ press the clutch pedal all the way downwithout touching the accelerator;
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV and re-lease it the moment the engine starts.
If the engine does not start at the first at-tempt, return the ignition key to STOPbefore repeating the starting procedure.
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 112
113
SAFE
TYW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
If, when the ignition key is at MAR, the in-strument panel warning light Y remainslit together with warning light U, turn thekey to STOP and then back to MAR; ifthe warning lights remain on, try using theother keys provided with the car.
IMPORTANT If the instrument panelwarning light Y stays on permanently,contact a Fiat Dealership immediately.
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition keyat MAR when the engine is off.
STARTING PROCEDURE FOR DIESEL VERSIONS
Proceed as follows:
❒ ensure that the handbrake is on;
❒ put the gear lever into neutral;
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR: thewarning lights m and Y on the in-strument panel will turn on;
❒ wait for the warning lights Y and mto turn off. The hotter the engine is, thequicker this will happen;
❒ press the clutch pedal all the way downwithout touching the accelerator;
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV as soonas the warning light m turns off. Wait-ing too long will waste the work doneby the heater plugs. Release the key assoon as the engine starts.
If the engine does not start at the first at-tempt, return the ignition key to STOPbefore repeating the starting procedure.
If, when the ignition key is at MAR, the in-strument panel warning light Y remainslit together with warning light m, turnthe key to STOP and then back to MAR;if the warning lights remain on, try usingthe other keys provided with the car.
IMPORTANT If the instrument panelwarning light Y stays on permanently,contact a Fiat Dealership immediately.
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition keyat MAR when the engine is off.
Warning light m will blinkfor 60 seconds after startingor during prolonged crankingto indicate a fault with the
glow plug system. Use the car as nor-mal if the engine starts, but go to a FiatDealership as soon as possible.
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 113
114
SAFE
TY
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GSTOPPING THE ENGINE
Turn the ignition to STOP while the engine is idling.
IMPORTANT After a long drive, youshould allow the engine to “catch itsbreath” before turning it off by letting itidle to allow the temperature in the en-gine compartment to fall.
A quick burst on the acceler-ator before turning off the en-gine serves absolutely nopractical purpose; it wastes
fuel and is especially damaging to tur-bocharged engines.
WARMING UP THE ENGINEAFTER IT HAS JUST STARTED(petrol and diesel versions)
Proceed as follows:
❒ drive off slowly at medium revs, and ac-celerate smoothly;
❒ do not demand maximum performancefor the first few kilometres. Wait untilthe engine coolant gauge starts moving.
Remember that the brakebooster and power steeringare not operational until theengine has been started, so
you need to apply much more forcethan usual to the brake pedal andsteering wheel.
Never jump start the engineby pushing, towing or drivingdownhill. This could cause fu-el to flow into the catalytic
converter and damage it beyond repair.
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 114
115
SAFE
TYW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
HANDBRAKE fig. 1
The handbrake is located between thetwo front seats.
Pull the lever upwards to operate thehandbrake. Four or five notches are nor-mally sufficient to secure the car on flatterrain, while nine or ten may be neces-sary on a steep slope with the car loaded.
IMPORTANT If this is not the case, con-tact a Fiat Dealership to have the hand-brake adjusted.
When the handbrake is on and the igni-tion key is at MAR, the instrument panelwarning light x will come on.
PARKING THE VEHICLE
Proceed as follows:
❒ stop the engine and engage the hand-brake;
❒ engage a gear (first gear if the vehicleis parked uphill or reverse if it is facingdownhill) and leave the wheels turned.
If the car is parked on a steep slope, it isalso advisable to block the wheels witha wedge or stone. Do not leave the key inthe ignition switch as this drains the bat-tery. Always remove the key when youleave the car.
Never leave children unat-tended in the car. Always re-
move the ignition key when leavingthe car and take it with you.
WARNING
fig. 1 F0M0115m
To release the handbrake, proceed as follows:
❒ pull up slightly on the lever and pressrelease button A;
❒ hold button A down and lower thelever. The x warning light on the in-strument panel will go out.
Press the brake pedal when carrying outthis operation to prevent the car frommoving accidentally.
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 115
116
SAFE
TY
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GUSING THE MANUALGEARBOX
To engage the gears, press the clutch ped-al down fully and shift the gear lever intoone of the required positions (a diagramis shown on the knob fig. 2).
IMPORTANT Reverse may be engagedonly when the car is at a standstill. Withthe engine running, wait for at least 2 sec-onds with the clutch pedal fully depressedbefore engaging reverse to prevent dam-age to the gears and grating.
fig. 2 F0M0503m
Depress the clutch pedal ful-ly to change gear correctly.
There should be no obstacles on thefloor underneath the pedals; makesure that mats are always flat and donot interfere with the pedals.
WARNING
Do not drive with your handresting on the gear lever asthe force exerted, even ifslight, could lead over time to
premature wear of the gearbox inter-nal components.
To engage reverse R from neutral, lift ringA under the knob and at the same timemove the gearshift lever to the right andthen backwards fig. 2.
IMPORTANT The clutch pedal should beused only to change gear. Do not drivewith your foot resting on the clutch ped-al, however slightly. For versions/markets,where provided, the electronic clutchcontrol can intervene if it interprets the incorrect driving style as a fault.
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 116
117
SAFE
TYW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
Roof rack/ski rack
Remove the roof rack or ski rack from theroof after use. These accessories decreaseaerodynamic penetration and have a neg-ative effect on fuel consumption. It is bet-ter to use a trailer to transport particu-larly bulky objects.
Electrical devices
Use electrical devices only for the amountof time needed. The heated rear window,auxiliary headlights, windscreen wipers andfan heater use up a considerable amountof current, causing increased fuel con-sumption (up to +25% in the urban cycle).
Air conditioning
Air conditioning leads to higher fuel con-sumption (on average up to +20%). If thetemperature outside is not too extreme,try and use the air vents.
Spoilers
The use of non-certified spoilers may ad-versely affect aerodynamics and fuel con-sumption.
DRIVING STYLE
Starting
Do not warm up the engine at low or highrevs when the vehicle is stationary; thiscauses the engine to warm up more slow-ly, thereby increasing fuel consumptionand emissions. It is advisable to set off im-mediately and slowly, avoiding high revs:this allows the engine to warm up morequickly.
Unnecessary actions
Avoid revving up when stationary at traf-fic lights or before stopping the engine.The latter action, like double declutching,is entirely unnecessary and causes in-creased fuel consumption and pollution.
Gear selection
Use a higher gear as soon as traffic androad conditions allow. Using a low gearfor faster acceleration will increase fuelconsumption.
In the same way, improper use of a highgear increases fuel consumption, emissionsand engine wear.
SAVING FUEL
Here are some suggestions which mayhelp you to save fuel and reduce theamount of toxic emissions released intothe atmosphere.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Car maintenance
Have checks and adjustments carried outin accordance with the “Scheduled ServicePlan”.
Tyres
Check the tyre pressure at least onceevery 4 weeks: if the pressure is too low,consumption levels increase as resistanceto rolling is higher.
Unnecessary loads
Do not travel with an overloaded boot.The weight of the car (especially when dri-ving in town) and its arrangement greatlyaffect fuel consumption and stability.
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 117
118
SAFE
TY
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GCONDITIONS OF USE
Cold starting
Short distances and frequent cold start-ups will prevent the engine from reach-ing optimal running temperature. Conse-quently, both fuel consumption (from +15to +30% on the urban cycle) and emis-sions will increase.
Traffic and road conditions
Heavy traffic, for instance when travellingin a queue with frequent use of low gearsor in cities with lots of traffic lights, caus-es fairly high fuel consumption. Mountainroads and uneven surfaces also have a neg-ative effect on consumption.
Traffic hold-ups
During prolonged hold-ups (e.g. at levelcrossings) the engine should be switchedoff.
TOWING TRAILERS
IMPORTANT NOTES
The car must be equipped with an ap-proved tow hook and adequate electricalsystem to tow caravans or trailers. Instal-lation must be performed by specialisedpersonnel who will issue the required pa-pers for travelling on roads.
Install any specific and/or additional rearview mirrors in accordance with the high-way code of the country in which you aretravelling.
Remember that, when towing a trailer,steep hills are harder to climb, braking dis-tances increase and overtaking takeslonger relative to the overall weight of thetrailer.
Engage a low gear when driving downhill,rather than constantly using the brake.
The weight of the trailer on the car’s towhook will reduce the load capacity of thecar by the same amount. Consider theweight of the trailer fully laden, includingaccessories and luggage, to make sure youdo not exceed the maximum towableweight (shown on the vehicle registrationdocument).
Top speed
Fuel consumption considerably increasesas speed increases. Keep your speed aseven as possible, avoiding unnecessarybraking and acceleration, which cause ex-cessive fuel consumption and increasedemissions.
Acceleration
Accelerating violently severely affects con-sumption and emissions: accelerationshould be gradual and should not exceedthe maximum torque.
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 118
119
SAFE
TYW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK
The towing device should be fastened tothe body by specialised personnel in ac-cordance with any additional informationsupplied by the manufacturer of the device.
The towing device must meet current reg-ulations with reference to Directive94/20/EC and subsequent amendments.
For any version the towing device usedmust be right for the towable weight ofthe car on which it is to be installed.
For the electric connection a unified con-nector should be used, which is generallyplaced on a special bracket fastened to thetowing device, and a special ECU shouldbe installed on the car to control the trail-er’s exterior lights.
Seven- or 13-pin 12VDC connectionsshould be used (CUNA/UNI and ISO/DINStandards). Follow any instructions pro-vided by the car manufacturer and/or thetowing device manufacturer.
An electric brake or winch should be pow-ered directly by the battery through a ca-ble with a cross-section of no less than2.5 mm2.
IMPORTANT The engine must be runningto use the electric brake or winch.
In addition to the electrical appliances, thecar’s electrical system may be connectedonly to the supply cable for an electricbrake and the cable for a light inside thetrailer with a wattage of no more than15 W.
For connections, use the preset controlunit with a battery cable no less than2.5 mm2.
Respect each country’s specific speed lim-its for vehicles towing trailers. The topspeed must not exceed 100 km/h at anytime.
You should fit a suitable stabiliser to thetrailer.
The ABS with which the carmay be equipped will not
control the braking system of thetrailer. Particular caution is thereforerequired on slippery roads.
WARNING
Never modify the brakingsystem of the car to control
the trailer brake. The trailer brakingsystem must be fully independentfrom the hydraulic system of the car.
WARNING
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 119
120
SAFE
TY
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GAssembly diagram fig. 3
The tow hook structure must be fastenedat the points marked by Ø using a totalof 6 M10 screws.
The internal back plates should be at least6 mm thick.
The hook should be fastened to the bodyavoiding any type of drilling of the rearbumper that remains visible when thehook is removed.
IMPORTANT It is compulsory to attacha label (plainly visible) of suitable size andmaterial at the same level as the hitch ball,with the following wording:
MAX LOAD ON BALL 60 kg
After assembly, the screwholes should be sealed to
prevent exhaust gases getting in.
WARNING
fig. 3 F0M0143m
Existinghole
Existingscrew
Existing screw
Existinghole
Existinghole
Existing holeSt
anda
rd b
all
Lade
n
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 120
121
SAFE
TYW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
IMPORTANT When snow tyres are usedwith a maximum speed index below theone that can be reached by the car (in-creased by 5%), place a notice in the pas-senger compartment, plainly in view, whichstates the maximum permissible speed ofthe snow tyres (as per an EC Directive).
All four tyres should be the same (brandand profile) to ensure greater safety whendriving and braking as well as making thecar more responsive.
Remember that you should not change therotation direction of the tyres.
SNOW CHAINS
The use of snow chains should be in com-pliance with local regulations.
Snow chains may be fitted only to thefront wheel tyres (drive wheels). Use ofLineaccessori Fiat snow chains is recom-mended.
Check the tension of the chains after thefirst few metres have been driven.
IMPORTANT When the snow chains areon, use the accelerator with extremecare to prevent, or to limit as much aspossible, the driving wheels from skid-ding. This could cause the chains tobreak, resulting in damage to the vehiclebody or mechanical components.
IMPORTANT Use compact 9 mm snowchains.
SNOW TYRES
Use snow tyres of the same size as thenormal tyres provided with the car.
A Fiat Dealership will be happy to provideadvice concerning the most suitable typeof tyre for the customer’s requirements.
For the type, pressures and specificationsof the snow tyre to be used, follow care-fully the instructions given in the “Wheels”paragraph of the “Technical specifications”section.
The performance of these tyres is con-siderably reduced when the tread depthis less than 4 mm. If this is the case, replacethem.
Due to their specific features, the perfor-mance of snow tyres is much lower thanthat of standard tyres in normal condi-tions or on long motorway stretches. Youshould therefore use them only in theconditions for which they were designed.
The maximum speed forsnow tyres marked “Q” is
160 km/h, while it is 190 km/h for “T”tyres and 210 km/h for “H” tyres. Youshould, however, always stick to thespeed limits of the highway code.
WARNING
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 121
122
SAFE
TY
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GCAR INACTIVITY
If the car is to be left inactive for longerthan a month, the following precautionsshould be observed:
❒ park the car in covered, dry and, if pos-sible, well-ventilated premises;
❒ engage a gear;
❒ check that the handbrake is engaged;
❒ disconnect the clip for the negative bat-tery terminal and check battery charge.Repeat this check once every threemonths during storage. Recharge thebattery if the indicator is dark and themiddle area is not green;
❒ clean and protect the painted parts us-ing protective wax;
❒ clean and protect the shiny metal partsusing special compounds readily avail-able;
❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubberwindscreen and rear window wiperblades and lift them off the glass;
❒ open the windows slightly;
❒ cover the car with a fabric or perfo-rated plastic sheet. Do not use compactplastic sheets which do not allow hu-midity to evaporate from the surface ofthe car;
❒ inflate tyres to a pressure of +0.5 barabove the normal specified pressureand check regularly;
❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery fromthe electrical system, check its chargeevery month and recharge it if the in-dicator shows a dark colour withoutthe central green area;
❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.
IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch offthe car alarm with the remote control.
Keep your speed down whensnow chains are fitted – donot exceed 50 km/h. Avoidpotholes, steps and pave-ments and also avoid drivingfor long distances on roads
not covered with snow to avoid dam-aging the car and the road surface.
WARNING
111-122 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 122
123
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
GENERAL WARNINGS ..................................................... 124
LOW BRAKE FLUID LEVEL .............................................. 124
HANDBRAKE ON .............................................................. 124
AIRBAG FAULT ................................................................... 125
OVERHEATED ENGINE COOLANT ............................ 125
LOW BATTERY CHARGE ................................................ 126
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE - EXHAUSTED ENGINE OIL ............................................... 126
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING FAULT ............................................................... 127
DOOR OPEN ....................................................................... 127
LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL ................................................ 127
EBD FAULT ........................................................................... 127
INJECTION SYSTEM FAULT (DIESEL VERSIONS) ............................................................ 128
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM FAULT (EOBD) (PETROL VERSIONS) ......................................................... 128
FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED .......... 129
ABS FAULT ........................................................................... 129
FUEL RESERVE ...................................................................... 129
SEAT BELT NOT FASTENED ........................................... 129
GLOW PLUG HEATING ................................................... 130
GLOW PLUG HEATING FAULT .................................... 130
WATER IN DIESEL FILTER ............................................... 130
FIAT CODE CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAULT .... 131
EXTERIOR LIGHTS FAULT .............................................. 131
REAR FOG LAMPS .............................................................. 131
GENERIC WARNING ........................................................ 131
CLEANING DPF (Multijet versions) ................................................................. 132
ESP SYSTEM FAULT ............................................................ 132
WORN BRAKE PADS ........................................................ 132
HILL HOLDER FAULT ....................................................... 132
SIDELIGHTS AND DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS ...... 133
FOLLOW ME HOME .......................................................... 133
FOG LIGHTS ........................................................................ 133
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ....................... 133
RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ................... 133
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING ON ... 133
MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS .............................................. 133
POSSIBLE ICE ON ROAD ................................................. 134
LIMITED RANGE ................................................................. 134
ASR SYSTEM ......................................................................... 134
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED .................................................. 134
WWAARRNNIINNGG LLIIGGHHTTSS AANNDD MMEESSSSAAGGEESS
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 123
124
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
WARNING LIGHTSAND MESSAGES
GENERAL WARNINGSWarning lights are accompanied by a spe-cific message and/or sound when applica-ble. These indications are synthetic andprecautionary and, as such, must not beconsidered as exhaustive and/or alterna-tive to the information contained in thisOwner Handbook, which you are rec-ommended to read carefully in all cases.Refer to the information in this section ifa fault is signalled.IMPORTANT The fault indications ap-pearing on the display are divided into twocategories: very serious and less seri-ous failures.Very serious failures are indicated bya repeated and prolonged warning “cycle”.Less serious failures are indicated bya shorter warning “cycle”.Press MENU ESC to stop the warningcycle in both cases. Warning lights on theinstrument panel will stay on until thecause of the failure is eliminated.For messages relevant to the versionsequipped with a Dualogic gearbox, see theattached Supplement.
LOW BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL (red)
HANDBRAKE ON (red)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should gooff after a few seconds.
Low brake fluid level
The warning light comes on when the lev-el of the brake fluid in the reservoir fallsbelow the minimum level due to possibleleaks in the circuit.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
x
If the warning light x turnson when travelling (togeth-
er with the message on the display oncertain versions), stop the car imme-diately and contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
Handbrake on
The warning light turns on when the hand-brake is engaged.
If the car is moving, an audible warning willalso sound on certain versions.
IMPORTANT If the warning light comeson with the vehicle in motion, check thatthe handbrake is not engaged.
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 124
125
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
AIRBAG FAULT (red)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should gooff after a few seconds.
The warning light stays on constantly ifthere is a failure in the airbag system.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
¬ If the warning light ¬ doesnot turn on when turning the
key to MAR or stays on during cartravel, there may be a failure in therestraint systems. If this is the case,the airbags or pretensioners may notbe deployed in an accident or, in aminor number of cases, they may bedeployed incorrectly. Contact a FiatDealership immediately to have thesystem checked before driving off.
WARNING
A problem with the warninglight ¬ (light off) is indicat-
ed by the warning light “, which in-dicates the front passenger airbag isdeactivated, flashing for more thanthe usual four seconds.
WARNING
OVERHEATED ENGINECOOLANT (red)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should gooff after a few seconds.
The warning light turns on when the en-gine is overheated.
If the warning light comes on, proceed asfollows:
❒ when driving normally: stop the car,switch off the engine and check that thewater level in the reservoir is not be-low the MIN mark. If it is not, wait fora few minutes for the engine to cooldown then slowly and carefully openthe cap, top-up with coolant and checkthat the level is between the MIN andMAX marks. Also visually check forleaks. Should the warning light turn onagain at the next start-up, contact a FiatDealership.
ç
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 125
126
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
LIGHT STAYS ON: LOWENGINE OIL PRESSURE(red)
FLASHING LIGHT:EXHAUSTED ENGINEOIL (only Multijet versions withDPF - red)
When the ignition key is turned to MAR(ON), the warning light switches on andshould go out as soon as the engine isstarted.
1. Low engine oil pressure
The warning light turns on and stays onconstantly (for versions/markets, whereprovided) along with the message on thedisplay when the system detects that en-gine oil pressure is low.
v
If the warning light vturns on when the vehicle is
travelling (on certain versions to-gether with the message on the dis-play) stop the engine immediatelyand contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
❒ if the vehicle is used under de-manding conditions (e.g. towingtrailers uphill or fully loaded): slowdown and, if the light stays on, stop thecar. Stop for 2 or 3 minutes with theengine running and slightly acceleratedto assist better coolant circulation.Then switch the engine off. Check cor-rect fluid level as described above.
IMPORTANT On particularly demandingjourneys, it is advisable to keep the engineon and slightly accelerated for a few min-utes before switching it off.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
LOW BATTERYCHARGE (red)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should goout as soon as the engine is started (withthe engine idling, a brief delay can be ex-pected).
If the warning light comes on, either per-manently or intermittently, contact a FiatDealership immediately.
w
2. Exhausted engine oil (only Multijet versions with DPF)
The warning light will flash and a specificmessage will appear on the display (forversions/markets, where provided). Thewarning light may flash in the followingways, depending on the version:– for 1 minute every two hours;– for 3 minute cycles with the warninglight off for intervals of 5 seconds until oilis changed.After the initial warning, each time the en-gine is started up, the warning light willcontinue to flash in the above mentionedmodes, until the oil is changed. A specificmessage will appear on the display (forversions/markets, where provided) in ad-dition to the warning light.If the warning light flashes, this does notmean that the car is defective but simplyinforms the driver that it is now necessaryto change the oil as a result of regular ve-hicle use.Note that engine oil is exhausted fasterunder the following circumstances:– use of the vehicle prevalently for city dri-ving, requiring more frequent regenera-tion of DPF– use of the vehicle for short drives, inwhich the engine does not have time toreach its regular operating temperature – repeated interruption of the regenera-tion process, signalled by the DPF warn-ing light coming on.
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 126
127
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
DOOR OPEN (red)
On certain versions, the warning lightturns on when one or more doors or theboot are not properly closed.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
You will hear a warning sound if a dooris open and the car is moving.
´
“DUALDRIVE”ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING FAILURE(red)
This warning light comes on when the ig-nition key is turned to MAR, but it shouldgo off after a few seconds.
If the warning light stays on, you will notget the benefit from the electric powersteering and the effort needed to turn thewheel will be greatly increased, althoughit will still be possible to steer the car.Contact a Fiat Dealership.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
g
EBD FAULT(red) (amber)
Warning lights x and > lit at the sametime with the engine running indicates anEBD system failure or that the system isnot available. This may cause prematurelocking of the rear wheels in the event ofviolent braking, causing the car to swerve.Drive very carefully to a Fiat Dealership tohave the system inspected immediately.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
x >
LOW ENGINE OILLEVEL (red) (for versions/markets, whereprovided)
When turning the ignition key to MAR,the warning light turns on but it should gooff after a few seconds.
This warning light where provided comeson when the engine oil level falls below theminimum recommended value. Restorethe correct engine oil level (see “Check-ing fluid levels” in the “Servicing and care”section).
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
kExhausted engine oil shouldbe replaced as soon as pos-
sible after the warning light comes on,never more than 500 km after thewarning light first comes on. Failureto change the oil within the first 500km may result in severe damage tothe engine and will result in forfeitureof the warranty. Remember thatwhen the warning light flashes, it doesnot mean that the level of engine oilis low, so if the light flashes you mustnot top up.
WARNING
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 127
128
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
Go to a Fiat Dealership assoon as possible if warninglight U does not light upwhen the key is turned to
MAR or if, while travelling, it eithercomes on permanently or flashes(along with a message on the displayon some versions). The operation of theU warning light may be checked bytraffic police using appropriate equip-ment. Respect the regulations in forcein the country where you are driving.
If the light flashes, come off the accelera-tor pedal to reduce engine revs until thewarning light stops flashing; continue thejourney at moderate speed, trying to avoiddriving conditions that may cause furtherflashing, and get to a Fiat Dealership assoon as possible.
EOBD engine control system failure
Under normal conditions, turning the ig-nition key to MAR, the warning light turnson but it should go off after the enginestarts. This indicates that the warning lightis working correctly. If the warning light ei-ther stays on or comes on while travelling:
❒ on permanently: this means there isa fault in the supply/ignition systemwhich could cause high exhaust emis-sions, loss of performance, poor han-dling and high fuel consumption levels.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
Under these conditions, the vehicle cancontinue travelling at moderate speedwithout demanding excessive effort fromthe engine. Prolonged use of the car withthe warning light on may cause damage.Go to a Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble. The warning light goes out after thefault disappears, but the indication isstored in the system.
❒ flashing: this indicates possible damageto the catalytic converter (see “EOBDsystem” in the “Dashboard and con-trols” section).
INJECTION SYSTEM FAULT (Multijet versions – amber)
EOBD SYSTEM FAULT(petrol versions – amber)
Injection system failure
Under normal conditions, turning the ig-nition key to MAR, the warning light turnson but it should go off after the enginestarts.
If the warning light stays on or comes onwhen travelling, it means there is a fault inthe injection system which could causeloss of performance, poor handling andhigh fuel consumption levels.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
Under these conditions, the vehicle cancontinue travelling at moderate speedwithout demanding excessive effort fromthe engine. In any case, you should go toa Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
U
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 128
129
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
çFUEL RESERVE (amber)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should gooff after a few seconds.
The warning light turns on when about7 litres of fuel are left in the tank.
IMPORTANT The warning light will blinkto indicate a system failure. If this is thecase, go to a Fiat Dealership to have thesystem checked.
ABS SYSTEM FAULT(amber)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should gooff after a few seconds.
The warning light comes on when the sys-tem is either not working properly or notavailable. Under these circumstances, thebraking system will work as normal butwithout the extra performance offered bythe ABS system. Drive carefully and go toa Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
>“FRONT PASSENGERAIRBAGDEACTIVATED (amber)
The warning light “ comes on when thefront passenger airbag is disabled.
With the front passenger airbag enabledand when turning the key to MAR, warn-ing light “ comes on for about 4 seconds,flashes for the next 4 seconds and thengoes out.
Warning light “ indicatesa failure of warning light ¬.
This condition is indicated by inter-mittent blinking of warning light “for longer than 4 seconds. In this case,warning light ¬may not be indicat-ing that there is a fault in the restraintsystems. Before driving off, contacta Fiat Dealership to have the systemchecked immediately.
WARNING
SEAT BELT NOTFASTENED (red)
The warning light on the instrument pan-el will light up permanently when the caris not moving and the driver’s seat belt isnot correctly fastened. This light will flashif the driver’s seat belt is not correctly fas-tened and the car is moving. The audiblealert of the SBR (Seat Belt Reminder) sys-tem can be removed only by a Fiat Deal-ership.
<
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 129
130
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
GLOW PLUG HEATING (Multijet versions – amber)
GLOW PLUG HEATING FAULT (Multijet versions – amber)
Glow plug heating
The warning light comes on when the keyis turned to MAR. It goes out as soon asthe glow plugs have reached the presettemperature. Start the engine as soon asthe warning light goes out.
IMPORTANT In hot outside tempera-tures, the warning light may stay on foronly a very short time.
Glow plug heating failure
The warning light flashes if there is a faultin the preheating system. Go to a FiatDealership as soon as possible.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
m
WATER IN DIESELFILTER (Multijet versions – amber)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should gooff after a few seconds.
The warning light turns on when there iswater in the diesel filter.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
cThe presence of water in thefuel circuit may cause severedamage to the injection sys-tem and irregular engine op-
eration. If warning light c comes on(with a message on the display on someversions), go to a Fiat Dealership assoon as possible to have the systembled. Water may have entered the tankif this appears immediately after refu-elling: if this happens, switch the engineoff immediately and contact a FiatDealership.
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 130
131
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
GENERIC WARNING (amber)
The warning light turns on in the follow-ing circumstances:
Engine oil pressure sensor faultThe warning light turns on when a failureis detected in the engine oil pressure sen-sor. Go to a Fiat Dealership to have thefault fixed as soon as possible.
Exterior lights fault
See the section on warning light 6.
Fuel cut-off switch trippedThe warning light comes on when the fuel cut-off switch is triggered.
The display will show a specific message.
èEXTERIOR LIGHTSFAULT (amber)
The warning light comes on (on some ver-sions) when a failure is detected in oneof the following lights:
– sidelights
– brake lights
– rear fog lights
– direction indicators
– number plate lights
– daytime running lights (DRL) (for ver-sions/markets, where provided)
The failure relating to these lights couldbe: one or more blown bulbs, a blownprotection fuse or a break in the electri-cal connection.
On certain versions warning light è turnson as an alternative.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
W
REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)
The light comes on when the rear foglights are turned on.
4
CAR PROTECTIONSYSTEM FAULT – FIAT CODE(amber)
The warning light switching on (on someversions, with the displaying of a message)signals the failure of the Fiat Code systemor, if installed, of the alarm system: in thiscase, contact a Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible.
Y
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 131
132
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
ESP SYSTEM FAULT (amber)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should gooff after a few seconds.If the warning light does not go off or stayson when travelling together with the but-ton LED ASR OFF, contact a Fiat Deal-ership.A specific message is displayed on certainversions.Note The warning light flashing when dri-ving indicates that the ESP system is active.
á
HILL HOLDER FAULT (amber)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR,the warning light turns on but should gooff after a few seconds.
The warning light turns on to indicate a HillHolder system fault. In this case, contacta Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
On certain versions, warning light á turnson as an alternative.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
*
WORN BRAKE PADS(amber)
The warning light comes on if the frontbrake pads are worn; in this case, havethem changed as soon as possible.
A specific message is displayed on certainversions.
dDPF (Particulate Filter)cleaning in progress (only Multijet versionswith DPF – amber)
When the ignition key is moved to MARposition, the warnintg light turns on butshould go off after a few seconds. Thewarning light stays on constantly to noti-fy the driver that the DPF system needsto eliminate captured pollutants (particu-late) by the regeneration process. Thewarning light does not come on duringevery DPF regeneration, but only whendriving conditions require notification tothe driver. The warning light will go off ifthe vehicle stays in motion until regener-ation has been completed. The processnormally takes about 15 minutes. The op-timum conditions to end the process areachieved by keeping the car in motion atup to 60 km/h with an engine speed high-er than 2000 rpm. This light coming on isnot a defect and therefore the car doesnot need to go to the workshop. A spe-cific message will appear on the displaywhen the warning light comes on (for ver-sions/markets, where provided).
h Always drive at a speed ap-propriate to the traffic con-
ditions, the weather and speed limits.The engine may be turned off whilethe DPF light is on; however, repeat-ed interruption of the regenerationprocess may result in prematuredegradation of engine oil. For thisreason it is always advisable to waitfor the light to go off before turningoff the engine, following the instruc-tions appearing above. It is nota good idea to complete DPF regen-eration with the vehicle stationary.
WARNING
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 132
133
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
“DUALDRIVE”ELECTRIC POWERSTEERING ON (green)
The word “CITY” appears on the displaywhen the “Dualdrive” electric powersteering system is activated by pressing therelevant control button. Press the buttonagain to make the “CITY” disappear.
CITY
MAIN BEAMHEADLIGHTS (blue)
The light comes on when the main beamsare turned on.
1
FOG LIGHTS (green)
The light comes on when the front foglights are turned on.
5
LEFT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green – intermittent)
The light (arrow) comes on when the di-rection indicator control lever is moveddownwards or, together with the right-hand arrow, when the hazard warning lightbutton is pressed.
F
RIGHT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green – intermittent)
The light (arrow) comes on when the di-rection indicator control lever is movedupwards or, together with the left-handarrow, when the hazard warning lightbutton is pressed.
D
SIDELIGHTS AND DIPPED BEAMHEADLIGHTS (green)
FOLLOW ME HOME(green)
Sidelights and dipped beamheadlights
The light comes on when the sidelights ordipped beams are turned on.
Follow Me Home
The light comes on when this device is ac-tive (see “Follow Me Home” in the “Dash-board and controls” section).
The display will show a specific message.
3
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 133
134
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RETE
CHNI
CAL
SPEC
IFICA
TIONS
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
ASR SYSTEM (versions with multifunction display)
The ASR system can be turned off bypressing the button ASR OFF.
The display will show a specific messageto warn the driver that the system is off;at the same time, the button LED will turnon.
When you press button ASR OFF again,the button LED will turn off and the dis-play will show a specific message to informthe driver that the system is on again.
POSSIBLE ICE ON ROAD (versions with multifunctiondisplay)
This starts flashing when the outside tem-perature reaches or falls below 3 °C towarn the driver of the possible presenceof ice on the road.
The display will show a specific message.
LIMITED RANGE (versions with multifunctiondisplay)
The display will show a specific messageto warn the driver that the cruising rangeis less than 50 km.
SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
The display will show a specific messagewhen the car exceeds the fixed speed lim-it (see “Multifunction Display” in the“Dashboard and controls” section).
123-134 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:38 Pagina 134
135
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
STARTING THE ENGINE ................................................. 136
CHANGING A TYRE ......................................................... 137
AUTOMATIC FIX & GO QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT ........................................................................... 142
CHANGING A BULB ......................................................... 147
CHANGING AN EXTERIOR BULB ................................ 149
CHANGING AN INTERIOR BULB ................................ 154
CHANGING A FUSE .......................................................... 155
RECHARGING THE BATTERY ....................................... 163
RAISING THE CAR ............................................................. 164
TOWING THE CAR ........................................................... 165
IINN AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY
In an emergency we recommend that you call the toll-free number found in the Warranty Booklet. You can also go to the www.fiat.com website to find your nearest Fiat Dealership.
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 135
136
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YSTARTING THE ENGINE
EMERGENCY START-UP
If the instrument panel warning light Ystays on permanently, contact a FiatDealership immediately.
JUMP STARTING fig. 1
If the battery is flat, the engine may bestarted using an auxiliary battery with anequal or slightly higher capacity than theflat one. Proceed as follows to start the car:
❒ connect the positive terminals (+ nearthe terminal) of the two batteries witha jump lead;
❒ with a second lead, connect the nega-tive terminal (–) of the auxiliary batteryto an earthing point E on the engine orthe gearbox of the car to be started;
❒ start the engine.
❒ when the engine has been started, fol-low the sequence above in reverse or-der to remove the leads.
If after a few attempts the engine does notstart, do not keep trying but contact a FiatDealership.
IMPORTANT Do not directly connect thenegative terminals of the two batteries:sparks could ignite explosive gas releasedfrom the battery. If the auxiliary battery isinstalled on another car, prevent acciden-tal contact between metallic parts of thetwo cars.
IMPORTANT For cars with Start&Stopsystem, in case of starting by booster bat-tery, refer to "Dashboard and controls"chapter, paragraph "Start&Stop system".
BUMP STARTING
Never bump start the engine by pushing,towing or driving downhill. This couldcause fuel to flow into the catalytic con-verter and damage it beyond repair.
IMPORTANT Remember that the brakebooster and the power steering systemare not active until the engine is started,so you will need to apply much more forceto the brake pedal or steering wheel.
This procedure must be per-formed by expert personnel
because incorrect actions may causeconsiderable electrical discharge. Fur-thermore, battery fluid is poisonousand corrosive: avoid contact with skinand eyes. Keep naked flames and litcigarettes away from the battery. Donot create sparks.
WARNING
fig. 1 F0M0414m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 136
137
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
CHANGING A TYRE
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Wheel changing and correct use of thejack and spare wheel call for some pre-cautions, as listed below.
Use your hazard lights,warning triangle, etc to show
that your car is stationary. Passengersshould get out of the car, particular-ly if it is heavily loaded, and wait forthe wheel to be changed away fromthe traffic. Apply the handbrake.
WARNING
The spare wheel provided isspecific for your vehicle.
Therefore, it must not be used on dif-ferent models and you should not usespare wheels from other models onyour vehicle. The wheel bolts are spe-cific for your vehicle: do not use themon different models and do not usebolts from other models on your car.
WARNING
Repair and refit the standardwheel as soon as possible.
Do not apply grease to the boltthreads before assembly: they mightspontaneously unscrew.
WARNING
The jack may be used to re-place wheels only on the car
which it equips or other cars of thesame model. Never use the jack forother purposes, such as lifting othermodels. Never use the jack to carryout repairs under the car. Incorrectpositioning of the jack may cause thecar to fall. Do not use the jack forloads higher than the one shown onits label.
WARNING
Incorrect hub cap assemblymay cause it to come off
when the car is moving. Never tam-per with the inflation valve. Never in-troduce tools of any kind between therim and the tyre. Check tyre andspare wheel pressure regularly, refer-ring to the values shown in the “Tech-nical specifications” section.
WARNING
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 137
138
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YTo change a wheel proceed as follows:
❒ stop the car where it is not a danger toother road users and you can replacethe wheel safely. The ground should beflat and solid;
❒ turn the engine off and pull up the hand-brake.
❒ engage first gear or reverse;
❒ wear the reflective safety jacket (com-pulsory by law in certain countries) be-fore getting out of the car;
❒ open the boot and lift the carpet or re-move the cargo box (for versions/mar-kets, where provided);
❒ unscrew the locking device A-fig. 2;
❒ take out the tool container C-fig. 2 andput it alongside the wheel to bechanged;
❒ take out the spare wheel B-fig. 2;
fig. 2 F0M0188m
Important notes:
❒ the jack weight is 1.76 kg;
❒ the jack requires no adjustment;
❒ the jack cannot be repaired. If it breaksit must be replaced with a new jack;
❒ no tool other than its cranking devicemay be fitted on the jack.
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 138
139
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
❒ loosen the bolts of the wheel to be re-placed by about one turn with thewrench provided E-fig. 3; if you havealloy wheels, rock the car to make iteasier to separate the rim from thewheel hub; ❒ operate device F-fig. 4 to extend the
jack until the top of the jack G-fig. 4 fitscorrectly into jacking point H-fig. 4;
❒ warn anybody nearby that the car isabout to be lifted. They must stay clearand not touch the car until it is back onthe ground;
❒ fit the handle L-fig. 4 to operate thejack and lift the car until the wheel isseveral centimetres off the ground;
fig. 3 F0M0362m
fig. 4 F0M0191m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 139
140
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
❒ for versions with hub caps, remove thecap after unscrewing the 3 fasteningbolts and finally unscrew the fourth boltL-fig. 5 and remove the wheel;
❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-tween spare wheel and hub are cleanso that the fastening bolts will not comeloose;
❒ fit the spare wheel by inserting the firstbolt two threads into the hole closestto the inflation valve;
❒ fit the hub cap by aligning the crescenthole with the bolt you have fitted us-ing the wrench;
❒ tighten the fastening bolts;
❒ turn the jack handle L-fig. 4 to lowerthe car and remove the jack;
❒ use the wrench provided to fasten thebolts completely in a criss-cross fash-ion as per the order illustrated in fig. 6;
❒ if you are replacing an alloy wheel andwish to store it temporarily in the sparewheel compartment, you should posi-tion it upside down.
REFITTING A STANDARDWHEEL
Following the procedure described previ-ously, raise the car and remove the sparewheel.
fig. 5 F0M0192m fig. 6 F0M0194m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 140
141
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
Versions with steel rims
Proceed as follows:
❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-tween standard wheel and hub areclean so that the fastening bolts will notcome loose;
❒ fit the standard wheel by inserting thefirst bolt two threads into the hole clos-est to the inflation valve;
❒ fit the hub cap by aligning the crescenthole with the bolt you have fitted, theninsert the other 3 bolts;
❒ using the wrench provided, tighten thefastening bolts;
❒ lower the car and remove the jack;
❒ using the wrench provided, fully tight-en the bolts in the sequence shownpreviously.
Versions with alloy rims
Proceed as follows:
❒ place the wheel onto the hub and tight-en the bolts using the wrench provided;
❒ lower the car and remove the jack;
❒ using the wrench provided, fully tight-en the bolts in the sequence shownpreviously.
When you have finished
❒ stow the spare wheel in the space pro-vided in the boot;
❒ put the jack back in its container C-fig.2 partially open by forcing it slightlyagainst the container walls to preventit from rattling around when travelling;
❒ put the tools back into their places inthe container;
❒ stow the container C-fig. 2, completewith tools, inside the spare wheel;
❒ tighten the tool container clamping de-vice A-fig. 2;
❒ refit the boot carpet or the Cargo box(for versions/markets, where provid-ed).
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 141
142
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YQUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT– Automatic FIX & GO
The Fix & Go automatic quick tyre repairkit is located in the boot.
The kit fig. 7 includes:
❒ a cylinder A , containing sealant, whichis fitted with:
– filling tube B;
– an adhesive label C with the message“max. 80 km/h” to be placed wherethe driver can easily see it (on thedashboard) after repairing the tyre;
❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 8), to beused for prompt and proper use of thequick repair kit and then presented tothe personnel charged with handling thetreated tyre;
❒ compressor D-fig. 7 including gaugeand connections;
❒ a pair of protective gloves located in theside part of the compressor;
❒ adapters for inflating different elements.
fig. 7 F0M0198m
You can also store the screwdriver andtow hitch in the quick repair kit contain-er (stored in the boot under the carpet).
fig. 8 F0M0199m
Hand over the instructionbooklet to the personnel
charged with treating the tyre re-paired with the kit.
WARNING
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 142
143
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
IMPORTANT INFORMATION:
The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repairkit is effective with external temperaturesof between −20°C and +50°C.
The sealant fluid has an expiry date.
Do not operate the com-pressor for longer than
20 minutes at a time. Risk of over-heating. The quick repair kit is notsuitable for definitive repairs, so the tyres repaired may be used onlytemporarily.
WARNING
In the event of a puncturecaused by foreign bodies, it ispossible to repair tyres show-ing holes on the track or
shoulder of up to 4 mm in diameter.
It is not possible to repairdamage to the tyre sidewall.
Do not use the quick repair kit if thetyre is damaged as a result of drivingwith it deflated.
WARNING
A repair is not possible ifthe wheel rim is damaged
(groove is deformed, causing air to es-cape). Do not remove foreign bodies(screws or nails) from the tyre.
WARNING
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 143
144
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
INFLATION PROCEDURE
The cylinder contains ethyl-ene glycol. It contains latex,
which may cause an allergic reaction.Harmful if swallowed. Irritates theeyes. There could be a reaction incase of inhalation or contact. Avoidcontact with your eyes, skin andclothes. In the event of contact, washimmediately with plenty of water. Donot induce vomiting if swallowed.Rinse your mouth out and drink plen-ty of water. Call a doctor immedi-ately. Keep out of the reach of chil-dren. The product must not be usedby asthmatics. Do not breathe in thevapours during insertion and suction.Call a doctor immediately if allergicreactions are noted. Store the cylin-der in its proper compartment, awayfrom sources of heat. The sealant flu-id has an expiry date.
WARNING Replace the cylinder contain-ing out-of-date sealant fluid.Dispose of the cylinder andthe sealant liquid properly.
Dispose according to the national andlocal laws in force.
Put on the protective glovesprovided with the quick tyre
repair kit.
WARNING
❒ Ensure that the handbrake is on.Unscrew the tyre valve cap, remove theflexible filler tube A-fig. 9 and fastenthe nozzle B onto the tyre valve;
fig. 9 F0M0363m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 144
145
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
❒ make sure that switch D-fig. 10 of thecompressor is in position 0 (off), startthe engine, plug into the nearest sock-et E-fig. 11 and activate the compres-sor by turning switch D-fig. 10 to po-sition I (on). Inflate the tyre to thepressure specified in the “Inflationpressure” paragraph in the “Technicalspecifications” section.
For a more accurate reading, checkpressure gauge F-fig. 10 with the com-pressor off;
❒ if after 5 minutes you cannot reach atleast 1.5 bar, unplug the compressorfrom the valve and the socket, thenmove the car forward about ten metresin order to distribute the sealant insidethe tyre evenly, then repeat the infla-tion operation;
❒ if after this operation you still cannotreach at least 1.8 bar after 5 minutes,do not resume driving because the tyreis too damaged and the fast tyre repairkit cannot guarantee suitable sealing.Contact a Fiat Dealership;
❒ if you do reach the tyre pressure spec-ified in the “Inflation pressure” para-graph in the “Technical specifications”section, start driving immediately;
fig. 10 F0M0202m
fig. 11 F0M0203m
fig. 12 F0M0364m
Apply the adhesive labelwhere it can be easily seen
by the driver as a reminder that thetyre has been treated with the quickrepair kit. Drive carefully, particular-ly on bends. Do not exceed 80 km/h.Do not accelerate or brake suddenly.
WARNING
❒ after driving for about 10 minutes, stopand check the tyre pressure again; re-member to put on the handbrake;
If the pressure has fallen be-low 1.8 bar, do not drive any
further: the Fix & Go automatic quicktyre repair kit cannot guaranteeproper hold because the tyre is toodamaged. Contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 145
146
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y❒ if you get a pressure reading of at least
1.8 bar, restore the proper pressure(with engine running and handbrake on)and restart;
❒ drive with the utmost care to the near-est Fiat Dealership.
FOR CHECKING ANDRESTORING PRESSURE ONLY
The compressor may also be used forrestoring pressure only. Release the fastcoupling and connect it directly to the tyrevalve fig. 13; in this way, the cylinder willnot be connected to the compressor andno sealant will be injected.
CYLINDER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
To replace the cylinder, proceed as fol-lows:
❒ disconnect A-fig. 14;
❒ turn the cylinder anticlockwise to liftit out;
❒ insert the new cylinder and turn itclockwise;
❒ connect A to the cylinder and fit thetransparent tube B into its allocatedspace.
Remember to inform theworkshop that the tyre has
been treated with a quick repair kit.Give the instruction booklet to thepersonnel charged with handling thetreated tyre.
WARNING
fig. 13 F0M0365m fig. 14 F0M0206m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 146
147
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
CHANGING A BULB
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
❒ When a light is not working, check thatthe corresponding fuse is intact beforechanging the bulb. For the location offuses, refer to the “Changing a fuse”paragraph in this section;
❒ before changing a bulb check the con-tacts for rusting;
❒ burnt bulbs must be replaced by othersof the same type and wattage;
❒ for safety reasons, always check the di-rection of the headlight beam afterchanging a bulb.
IMPORTANT The internal surface of thelight may appear slightly misty: this doesnot indicate a fault, and is actually causedby low temperature and the degree of hu-midity in the air. Misting will rapidly dis-appear when the headlights are switchedon. The presence of drops inside the head-lights indicates infiltration of water. Go toa Fiat Dealership.
TYPES OF BULBS
Various types of bulbs are fitted to yourcar:
A Glass bulbs: clipped into position. Pullto remove.
B Bayonet-type bulbs: to remove fromits holder, press the bulb in and turnit anti-clockwise.
C Tubular bulbs: release them fromtheir contacts to remove.
D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,release the clip holding the bulb inplace.
Halogen bulbs must be han-dled holding the metallic partonly. Touching the transpar-ent part of the bulb with your
fingers may reduce the intensity of thelight emitted and even compromise thelongevity of the bulb itself. In the eventof accidental contact, wipe the bulbwith an alcohol-soaked cloth and leaveto dry.
Modifications or repairs tothe electrical system (ECUs)
that are not carried out properly ordo not take the system’s technicalspecifications into account can causemalfunctions leading to the risk of fire.
WARNING
Halogen bulbs contain pres-surised gas which may cause
small fragments of glass to be pro-jected outwards if the bulb is broken.
WARNING
fig. 15 F0M0207m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 147
148
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YBulbs Figure ref. Type Power
Main beams
Dipped beams
Front sidelights
Front fog lights (for versions/markets, where provided)
Front direction indicators
Side direction indicators
Rear direction indicators
Tailights
Brake lights
Third brake light
Reverse lights
Rear fog lights
Number plate lights
Front ceiling light with movable lens
Front ceiling light with spot lights
H4
H4
W5W
H3
PY21W
WY5W
P21W
R5W
P21/5W
–
P21W
P21W
W5W
C10W
C10W
D
D
A
–
B
A
B
B
B
B
–
–
A
C
C
55 W
60 W
5 W
55 W
21 W
5 W
21 W
5 W
5 W
2,3 W
21 W
21 W
5 W
10 W
10 W
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 148
149
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
CHANGING ANEXTERIOR BULB
For the type of bulb and relative powerrating, see “Changing a bulb”.
FRONT LIGHT CLUSTERS fig. 16
The front light clusters contain sidelights,dipped beam, main beam and direction in-dicator bulbs.
The bulbs are arranged inside the lightcluster as follows:
A sidelights
B dipped beams/main beams (double light)
C direction indicators
SIDELIGHTS fig. 17
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ remove the snap-fitted rubber cap A,as shown by the arrow;
❒ press in tabs B and remove the bulbholder;
❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;
❒ refit the bulb holder and refit the capA, ensuring that it locks into place.
fig. 16 F0M0178m fig. 17 F0M0179m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 149
150
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
DIPPED BEAM / MAIN BEAMHEADLIGHTS fig. 18
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ remove the snap-fitted rubber cap A,as shown by the arrow;
❒ disconnect the central electric connec-tor and release the bulb holder catch;
❒ remove the bulb B and replace it;
❒ fit the new bulb, aligning the outlines ofthe metallic part with the grooves onthe reflector;
❒ refit the bulb holder catch and recon-nect the electrical connector;
❒ refit the cap A, ensuring that it locks in-to place.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
Front fig. 19/a – 19/b
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ steer the right/left wheel outwards;
❒ turn the catch A-fig. 19/a as shown bythe arrow, then lift the access flap B;
❒ remove the bulb holder cover C-fig.19/b by turning it anti-clockwise;
❒ remove the bulb D by pushing it in gen-tly and turning anti-clockwise (“bayo-net” clamping), then replace it;
❒ refit the bulb holder cover C by turningit clockwise and locking it properly;
❒ close the flap B-fig. 19/a and then turnthe catch A.
fig. 18 F0M0180m fig. 19/b F0M0181mfig. 19/a F0M0261m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 150
151
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
Sidelights fig. 20
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ slide the lens A to press in the inter-nal catch B, then pull the unit outwards;
❒ turn the bulb holder C anti-clockwise,remove the snap-fitted bulb D and re-place it;
❒ refit the bulb holder C into the lens byturning it clockwise;
❒ refit the unit making sure the internalcatch B clicks into place.
FRONT FOG LIGHTS (for versions/markets, where provided)
Contact a Fiat Dealership to have bulbsfor the front fog lights A-fig. 21 replaced.
REAR LIGHT CLUSTERS fig. 22-23
The rear light clusters contain taillight,brake light and direction indicator bulbs.
The bulbs are arranged inside the lightcluster as follows:
B direction indicators
C taillights
D taillights/brake light (double light).
fig. 20 F0M0182m
fig. 22 F0M0184m
fig. 21 F0M0223m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 151
152
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
❒ open the boot then loosen the two fas-tening screws A;
❒ disconnect the central electric connec-tor and pull the lens unit outwards;
❒ loosen the screws E and remove thebulb holder;
❒ remove the bulb that needs replacingB, C or D by pushing it in slightly andturning it anti-clockwise (“bayonet”clamping), then replace it;
❒ refit the bulb holder and tighten thescrews E;
❒ reconnect the electric connector, cor-rectly realign the unit with the car bodyand then tighten the fastening screws A.
REAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 24
Contact a Fiat Dealership to have bulbsfor the rear fog lights A replaced.
REVERSE LIGHTS fig. 25
Contact a Fiat Dealership to have bulbsfor the reverse lights A replaced.
fig. 24 F0M0208m fig. 25 F0M0209m
fig. 23 F0M0185m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 152
153
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
THIRD BRAKE LIGHT fig. 26-27
To change the bulb proceed as follows:
❒ open the boot;
❒ remove the rubber caps A-fig. 26;
❒ press the catches B-fig. 26 and removethe lens unit C-fig. 27;
❒ disconnect the electric connector;
❒ press in the tabs D-fig. 27 and removethe bulb holder;
❒ remove the snap-fitted bulb and replaceit.
NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS fig. 28-29
To change the bulb proceed as follows:❒ manipulate the point shown by the ar-
row and remove the lens unit A-fig. 28;❒ change the bulb fig. 29 by releasing
it from the side contacts and makingsure the new bulb is correctly fastenedbetween these contacts;
❒ reattach the snap-fitted lens unit.
fig. 26 F0M0210m fig. 27 F0M0211m fig. 28 F0M0212m
fig. 29 F0M0233m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 153
154
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YCHANGING AN INTERIOR BULB
For the type of bulb and relevant powerrating, see “Changing a bulb”.
FRONT CEILING LIGHT (for versions/markets, where provided)
Proceed as follows to replace the bulbs:
❒ manipulate the points shown by the ar-rows and remove the light D-fig. 30;
❒ open the protective flap E-fig. 31;
❒ replace bulb F-fig. 33 by releasing itfrom the side contacts and making surethat the new bulb is correctly clampedbetween these contacts;
❒ close the protective flap E-fig. 31 andsecure light D-fig. 30 into its housingmaking sure that it locks into place.
FRONT CEILING LIGHT WITH SPOT LIGHTS(for versions/markets, where available)
Proceed as follows to replace the bulbs:
❒ manipulate the points shown by the arrows and remove light A-fig. 32;
❒ open the protective flap B;
❒ replace bulbs C-fig. 33 by releasingthem from the side contacts and mak-ing sure that new bulbs are correctlyclamped between these contacts;
❒ close the lid B-fig. 33 and secure lightA-fig. 32 into its housing making surethat it locks into place.
fig. 32 F0M0213m
fig. 33 F0M0234m
fig. 30 F0M0214m
fig. 31 F0M0235m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 154
155
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
CHANGING A FUSE
GENERAL INFORMATION
The fuse is a protective device for theelectric system: it comes into action ifthere is a fault or improper action on thesystem.
Check the state of the corresponding fusewhen a device does not work: the filamentA-fig. 34 must be intact. If it is not, re-place the blown fuse with a new one of thesame amperage (same colour).
B undamaged fuse fig. 34
C fuse with damaged filament fig. 34.
fig. 34 F0M0236m
Do not replace one fuse withanother of greater amper-
age; FIRE HAZARD.
WARNING
Never replace a damaged fusewith metal wires or other recycled material.
If a general protection fuse(MEGA-FUSE, MIDI-FUSE,
MAXI-FUSE) is activated, contacta Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
If the same fuse blows again,contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
Remove the key from the ig-nition and switch off or dis-
connect all devices before replacinga fuse.
WARNING
If a general protection fusefor safety systems (air bag
system, braking system), power unitsystems (engine system, transmissionsystem) or steering system is triggered,contact a Fiat Dealership.
WARNING
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 155
156
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YACCESSING THE FUSES
The fuses are grouped in three controlunits: on the dashboard, in the enginecompartment and in the left-hand side ofthe boot.
Dashboard fusebox fig. 36
To access the dashboard fusebox, loosenthe screws A-fig. 35 and remove thecover.
fig. 36 F0M0415m
34567
891011121314
12
fig. 35 F0M0016m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 156
157
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
Engine compartment fusebox fig. 38
To access the fusebox located next to the battery, remove the protective coverfig. 37.
fig. 38 F0M0417m
fig. 37 F0M0416m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 157
158
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YBoot fusebox fig. 40
To access the fusebox located in the leftside of the boot, open the appropriate flap(as shown in fig. 39).
fig. 40 F0M0372m
fig. 39 F0M0246m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 158
159
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
1
8
13
2
5
11
4
6
14
7
12
3
10
7,5
7,5
5
5
10
5
20
20
20
20
5
5
7,5
FUSE TABLE
Dashboard fusebox fig. 36
DEVICES FUSE AMPS
Right dipped beam headlight
Left dipped beam headlight, corrector, headlamp alignment corrector
INT/A supply for switch coils on engine fusebox and switch coils on body computer control unit
Front ceiling light, rear ceiling light (VAN version)
Supply and battery for EOBD diagnostic plug, alarm, sound system, convergence control unit
INT supply for instrument panel, switch on brake pedal (N.O. contact), third brake light
Door locking/unlocking motors, dead lock activation motors, boot unlocking motor
Windscreen/rear window washer pump
Electric window motor on driver-side front door
Electric window motor on passenger-side front door
INT supply for dashboard control lights, mirror movement exterior electrics, sunroof control unit, My Port infotelematic system socket
Instrument panel
INT supply for brake pedal switch (NC contact), clutch pedal switch, interior heating unit, convergence control unit, sound system capabilities, voltage stabiliser control unit, reverse light on rear bumper, water sensor on diesel filter, glow plug heating control unit, airflow meter, brake booster sensor, switch coils on engine compartment fusebox
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 159
160
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YEngine compartment fusebox fig. 38
DEVICES FUSE AMPS
Single tone horn
Left main beam headlight, right main beam headlight
Additional heater PTC1
Air conditioning compressor
Heated rear window
Fuel pump on tank
10
14
15
19
20
21
10
15
30
7,5
30
15
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 160
161
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
15
7,5
–
15
5
7,5
30
84
85
86
87
88
DEVICES FUSE AMPS
Left fog light, right fog light
CNG methane system management solenoid valves
Socket (ready for use)
Passenger compartment socket, cigarette lighter
Battery charge status sensor
De-mister on driver-side wing mirror, de-mister on passenger-side wing mirror
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 161
162
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
17
14
01
03
04
15
10
16
08
07
05
11
13
09
06
02
20
7,5
–
–
–
–
20
–
10
–
15
20
–
10
–
–
Boot fusebox fig. 44
DEVICES FUSE AMPS
Sunroof opening system
Alarm system management control unit
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Electric windows system (motor, control unit) on right-hand door
Spare
Driver’s seat heater control unit
Tow hook system (capability for after-sale fuse assembly)
Boot socket
Electric windows system (motor, control unit) on left-hand door
Spare
Front passenger seat heater control unit
Spare
Spare
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 162
163
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
RECHARGING THE BATTERY
IMPORTANT The battery recharging pro-cedure is provided for information pur-poses only. You are recommended to goto a Fiat Dealership to have this operationperformed.
We recommend recharging the batteryslowly for approximately 24 hours at lowamperage. Rapid charging with high cur-rents could damage the battery.
VERSIONS WITHOUTStart&Stop SYSTEM
Charge the battery as follows:
❒ disconnect battery negative terminal;
❒ connect the charger cables to the bat-tery terminals, observing the polarity;
❒ turn on the charger;
❒ when you have finished, turn the charg-er off before disconnecting it from thebattery;
❒ reconnect battery negative terminal.
fig. 41
B
A
C
E
D
E
B
F0M0518m
VERSIONS WITH Start&StopSYSTEM (with dummy pole) fig. 41 (for versions/markets, where provided)
To charge, proceed as follows:
❒ disconnect the quick-release negativeterminal A from the negative dummypole B because the battery negativepole C has a sensor D monitoring thebattery conditions, that should neverbe disconnected from the negative poleC (unless the battery is replaced);
❒ connect the battery charger positive ca-ble to the battery positive pole E andthe negative cable to the dummy poleB;
❒ switch on the battery charger. At theend of the charging process, switch thecharger off before disconnecting it;
❒ after disconnecting the battery charg-er, reconnect the quick-release nega-tive terminal A to the dummy pole B.
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 163
164
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
YRAISING THE CAR
If the car needs to be lifted, go to a FiatDealership which is equipped with the armhoist or workshop lift.
The car should be lifted side-on only, byputting the ends of the arms or the work-shop lifting device in the areas shown inthe diagram.
Do not try to rechargea frozenbattery; defrost it first to pre-
vent the risk of explosion. If the bat-tery was frozen, have it inspected byspecialised personnel before recharg-ing to check that the internal ele-ments are not damaged and that thecasing is not cracked, which couldcause poisonous, corrosive gas to leak.
WARNING
fig. 42
D A
B
C
E
D
F0M0513m
Battery fluid is poisonousand corrosive: avoid contact
with your skin and eyes. The batterymust be recharged in a ventilatedplace away from naked flames orpossible sources of sparks to avoid therisk of explosion and fire.
WARNING
VERSIONS WITH Start&StopSYSTEM fig. 42(without dummy pole) (for versions/markets, where provided)
To charge, proceed as follows:
❒ disconnect the connector A (pressingthe button B) from the sensor C mon-itoring the battery conditions, on thenegative pole D of the battery;
❒ connect the battery charger positive ca-ble E and the negative cable to the ter-minal of sensor D, according to figure;
❒ turn on the battery charger. At the endof the charging process, switch the bat-tery charger off;
❒ after disconnecting the battery charg-er, reconnect the connector A to thesensor C according to figure.
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 164
165
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
fig. 41 F0M0366m
IMPORTANT For the Sport versions, takecare not to damage the side skirts whenraising the car side-on with the workshoplifting device.
TOWING THE CARThe tow ring provided with the car ishoused in the tool box under the carpetin the boot.
FASTENING THE TOW RING fig. 44-45Proceed as follows:❒ release the cap A;❒ take the tow ring B from its support;
❒ screw the ring onto the rear or frontthreaded pin.
The brake booster and pow-er steering will not work
while the vehicle is being towed. Youwill therefore need to apply moreforce to the brake pedal and steeringwheel. Do not use bendy cables fortowing and avoid jerking. Make surenot to damage parts in contact withthe car while towing. Respect therules of the highway code when tow-ing the car, specifically in relation tothe towing device and road conduct.
WARNING
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 165
166
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SIN
AN
EMER
GENC
Y
Do not start the engine whilethe car is being towed.
WARNING
Clean the threaded housingcarefully before fastening
the ring. Make sure that the ring is se-curely fastened before towing the car.
WARNING
Release the steering wheellock before towing (see “Ig-
nition device” in “Dashboard andcontrols”). The brake booster andpower steering will not work while thevehicle is being towed. You will there-fore need to apply more force to thebrake pedal and steering wheel. Donot use bendy cables for towing andavoid jerking. Make sure not to dam-age parts in contact with the carwhile towing. Respect the rules of thehighway code when towing the car,specifically in relation to the towingdevice and road conduct.
WARNING
The front and rear towhooks should be used only
for emergencies on the road. You areallowed to tow the car for short dis-tances using an appropriate device inaccordance with the highway code(a rigid bar), to move the vehicle onthe road in readiness for towing ortransporting via a breakdown vehicle.Tow hooks MUST NOT be used totow vehicles off the road or wherethere are obstacles and/or for tow-ing operations using cables or othernon-rigid devices.Respecting the above conditions,towing must take place with two ve-hicles (one towing, the other towed)aligned as much as possible along thesame centre line.
WARNING
fig. 44 F0M0243m
fig. 45 F0M0238m
135-166 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:39 Pagina 166
167
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
SCHEDULED SERVICING ................................................. 168
SCHEDULED SERVICING PLAN PETROL VERSIONS ............................................................ 169
SCHEDULED SERVICING PLAN DIESEL VERSIONS ............................................................... 171
REGULAR CHECKS ............................................................ 173
DEMANDING USE OF THE CAR ................................... 173
CHECKING LEVELS ............................................................ 174
AIR FILTER ............................................................................ 179
POLLEN FILTER ................................................................... 179
BATTERY ............................................................................... 179
WHEELS AND TYRES ........................................................ 181
RUBBER TUBES .................................................................... 182
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS .................. 182
BODYWORK ....................................................................... 184
INTERIOR .............................................................................. 186
SSEERRVVIICCEE AANNDD CCAARREE
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 167
168
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
REIMPORTANT Scheduled Services are pre-scribed by the manufacturer. Failure tostick to the schedule may invalidate thewarranty.
Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fi-at Dealerships at pre-arranged times.
If, during each part of the service, the needarises for additional replacements or re-pairs, these may be carried out only withthe explicit agreement of the Customer.
IMPORTANT You are advised to contacta Fiat Dealership in the event of any mi-nor operating faults, without waiting forthe next service.
If your car is used frequently for towing,the interval between services should bereduced.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance is essential for ensuring long car life under the best con-ditions.
This is why Fiat has planned a series ofchecks and services every 30,000 km.
It is, however, important to rememberthat scheduled servicing does not com-pletely cover all the car’s requirements:even in the initial period before 30,000 km,and then subsequently between one ser-vice and another, ordinary care is alwaysrequired such as routine checks involv-ing topping up fluid level, checking tyrepressures etc...
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 168
169
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
30 60 90 120 150 180
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●
● ●
●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
SCHEDULED SERVICING PLAN PETROL VERSIONS
Services shall be performed every 30,000 km
Thousands of kilometres
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required
Check operation of lighting system (headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)
Check windscreen wiper/washer operation
Check front disc brake pad conditions and wear
Check rear drum brake linings condition and wear
Visually inspect the conditions of: bodywork, underbody protection, pipes and tubes (exhaust – fuel – brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.)
Check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks, as well as cleanliness and lubrication of linkages
Check tension and adjust accessory drive belts if necessary (versions 1.2 – 1.4 with heater)
Visually inspect the condition of accessory drive belt/s.
Replace accessory drive belt/s
Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke, if required
Check and adjust tappet clearance, if required
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 169
170
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
If the car is mainly used in towns and cities, change the engine oil and filter every 12 months.
Thousands of kilometres
Check exhaust gas emissions
Replace air filter cartridge
Top up fluid levels (engine coolant, brakes, battery, windscreen washer, etc.)
Check condition of timing belt
Check engine management system operation (through diagnostic socket)
Replace spark plugs
Replace toothed timing belt (*)
Change engine oil and replace oil filter (or every 24 months)
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)
Replace pollen filter (or every 24 months)
(*) Regardless of the distance covered, the timing belt should be replaced every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, city driving, idling for a longtime, dusty areas) or in any case every 5 years.
30 60 90 120 150 180
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 170
171
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
SCHEDULED SERVICING PLAN DIESEL VERSIONSServices shall be performed every 30,000 km
30 60 90 120 150 180
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ●
Thousands of kilometres
Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required
Check operation of lighting system (headlamps, direction indicators, hazard warning lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights, instrument panel warning lights, etc.)
Check windscreen wiper/washer operation
Check the position/wear of the windscreen/rear window wiper blades
Check condition and wear of front disc brake pads and operation of pad wear indicator
Check rear drum brake linings condition and wear
Visually inspect the conditions of: bodywork, underbody protection, pipes and tubes (exhaust – fuel – brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.)
Check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks, and the cleanliness and lubrication of linkages
Check and, if necessary, top up fluid levels (brakes/hydraulic clutch, windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.)
Check the handbrake lever stroke and adjust it, if necessary
Check exhaust fumes/emissions
Visually inspect the condition of accessory drive belts
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 171
172
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
REThousands of kilometres
Check operation of engine management systems (using diagnostic socket)
Replace accessory drive belt/s
Replace fuel filter
Replace air filter cartridge
Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet versions without DPF)(or every 24 months)
Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet versions with DPF) (**)
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months)
Replace pollen filter (or every 24 months)
(*) Regardless of the distance covered, the timing belt must be changed every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, city driving, long periods ofidling) or at least every 5 years.
(**) The engine oil and the filter must be replaced when the warning light on the dashboard comes on (see the “Warning lights and messages” section) or at leastevery 24 months.
If the car is mainly used in towns and cities, change the engine oil and filter every 12 months.
30 60 90 120 150 180
● ● ● ● ● ●
●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 172
173
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
DEMANDING USE OF THE CAR
Should the car be used predominantly inone of the following particularly demand-ing conditions:
❒ trailer or caravan towing;
❒ dusty roads;
❒ short (less than 7-8 km) and repeatedjourneys in sub-zero temperatures;
❒ frequently idling engine or long-dis-tance, low-speed driving (e.g. door-to-door deliveries) or lengthy inactivity;
❒ driving in towns and cities;
you should perform the following inspec-tions more frequently than shown on theScheduled Servicing Plan:
❒ check front disc brake pad conditionsand wear;
❒ check cleanliness of bonnet and bootlocks, and cleanliness and lubrication oflinkages;
❒ visually inspect the conditions of: en-gine, gearbox, transmission, pipes andtubes (exhaust – fuel – brakes), rubberparts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);
❒ check battery charge and liquid level(electrolyte);
❒ visually inspect the condition of the ac-cessory drive belts;
❒ check pollen filter and replace, if re-quired;
❒ check air filter and replace, if required.
REGULAR CHECKS
Every 1,000 km or before long journeys,check and, if necessary, top up:
❒ engine coolant fluid level;
❒ brake fluid level;
❒ windscreen washer level;
❒ tyre pressure and conditions.
❒ operation of lights (headlights, directionindicators, hazard lights, etc.);
❒ operation of the windscreenwiper/washer system, position andwear of the windscreen and rear win-dow wiper blades;
Every 3,000 km, check and top up, if re-quired, the engine oil level.
You are recommended to use PETRONASLUBRICANTS products, which have beendesigned and produced specifically for Fiat cars (see table “Capacities” in the“Technical specifications” section).
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 173
174
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RECHECKING LEVELS
fig. 1 – 1.2 and 1.4 8V versions
Never smoke while workingin the engine compartment:
inflammable gases and vapours maybe present, constituting a fire risk.
WARNING
When topping up, take carenot to confuse the varioustypes of fluids: they are notinterchangeable and could se-
riously damage the car.
1. Engine coolant
2. Battery
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
5. Engine oil
F0M0418m
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 174
175
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
fig. 2a – 1.3 Multijet version (EURO 4)
1. Engine oil
2. Engine coolant
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
5. Battery
6. Diesel filter
1. Engine coolant
2. Battery
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
5. Engine oil
6. Diesel filter
F0M0421m
fig. 2b – 1.3 Multijet version (EURO 5) F0M0519m
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 175
176
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
If the oil level is close to or under MIN,add oil through the filler neck A, until thelevel reaches MAX.
The oil level should never exceed MAX.
ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
The maximum engine oil consumption isusually 400 grams every 1,000 km.
During the initial period of usage for thevehicle, the engine is bedding in thereforethe engine oil consumption may settledown only after the first 5,000–6,000 km.
IMPORTANT The oil consumption de-pends on driving style and the conditionsunder which the car is used.
IMPORTANT After adding or changingthe oil, let the engine turn over for a fewseconds and wait a few minutes after turn-ing it off before you check the level.
ENGINE OIL fig. 3-4
Check the oil level a few minutes (about5) after the engine has stopped, with thecar parked on level ground.
The oil level should be between the MINand MAX marks on the dipstick B.
The gap between MIN and MAX is equalto around 1 litre of oil.
fig. 3 – 1.2 and 1.4 8V versions F0M0149m fig. 4 – 1.3 Multijet version F0M0150m
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 176
177
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
fig. 5
PARAFLUUP anti-freeze isused in the engine cooling sys-tem. Use the same fluid as in
the cooling system when topping up.PARAFLUUP may not be mixed withany other type of fluid. If this happens,do not start the engine; contact a FiatDealership.
The cooling system is pres-surised. If the cap needs re-
placing, do so with another originalor the effectiveness of the system maybe compromised. Do not remove thecap from the reservoir when the en-gine is hot: you may get burned
WARNINGENGINE COOLANT fig. 5
The coolant level must be checked whenthe engine is cold and must be betweenthe MIN and MAX lines on the vessel.
If the level is low, slowly pour a mixtureof 50% demineralised water and 50%PARAFLUUP (made by PETRONAS LU-BRICANTS) through the filler neck A until the level reaches MAX.
The 50-50 mixture of PARAFLUUP anddemineralised water gives freeze protec-tion up to −35°C.ù
For particularly harsh climate conditions,a mixture of 60% PARAFLUUP and 40%distilled water is recommended.
Used engine oil and the re-placed oil filter contain sub-stances that may be harmfulto the environment. It is ad-
visable to have oil and filters changedby a Fiat Dealership, where they will bedisposed of properly and in accordancewith the law.
Do not add oil with differentcharacteristics to those of theexisting engine oil.
Be very careful working inthe engine compartment
when the engine is hot: you may getburned. Remember that the fan maystart up if the engine is hot: this couldinjure you. Make sure that scarves,ties and other loose fitting garmentsdo not get caught up in moving parts.
WARNING
F0M0424m
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 177
178
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs mois-ture. For this reason, if the car is mainlyused in areas with a high degree of at-mospheric humidity, the fluid should bereplaced at more frequent intervals thanspecified in the “Scheduled Servicing Plan”.
fig. 7
Do not travel if the wind-screen washer reservoir is
empty: using the windscreen washeris essential for improving visibility.
WARNING
Some commercial additivesfor windscreen washing are
flammable. The engine compartmentcontains hot parts which could causea fire if they come into contact withthese additives.
WARNING
Prevent brake fluid, which ishighly corrosive, from cominginto contact with paintedparts. Wash with water im-
mediately if this should happen.
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOWWASHER FLUID fig. 6
To top up, remove the cap A.Pour in a mixture of water and TUTELAPROFESSIONAL SC35, in the follow-ing concentrations:30% TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC35 and 70% water in summer.50% TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC35 and 50% water in winter.If temperatures are below −20°C, useundiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC35 fluid.Check the level through the reservoir.
fig. 6 F0M0154m
BRAKE FLUID fig. 7
Undo the cap A and check that the liquidcontained in the reservoir is at the maxi-mum level.
The fluid level in the reservoir must notexceed the MAX mark.
If you need to top up, you should use thebrake fluid shown in the “Fluids and lubri-cants” table (see “Technical Specifications”).
NB Carefully clean the reservoir cap A andthe surrounding surfaces.
When opening the cap, make sure that nodirt gets into the reservoir.
Always use a funnel with a built-in filter witha mesh of 0.12 mm or less for topping up.
F0M0155m
Brake fluid is poisonous andhighly corrosive. In the event
of accidental contact, wash the partsimmediately with water and mildsoap, then rinse with plenty of water. Call a doctor immediately ifswallowed.
WARNING
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 178
179
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
AIR FILTER
Have the air filter replaced by a Fiat Deal-ership.
POLLEN FILTER
Have the pollen filter replaced by a FiatDealership.
Symbol π on the containerindicates a synthetic brake
fluid, which is different from a min-eral fluid. Using a mineral-type fluidwill damage the special rubber sealsof the braking system beyond repair.
WARNING BATTERY
The battery is of the “Limited mainte-nance” type: under normal conditions ofuse, the electrolyte does not need toppingup with distilled water.
The battery fluid is poiso-nous and corrosive. Avoid
contact with the skin and eyes. Keepnaked flames or possible sources ofsparks away from the battery: risk ofexplosion or fire.
WARNING
CHECKING THE CHARGE AND THE ELECTROLYTE LEVEL
Inspection operations must be carried outonly by specialised personnel, followingthe prescriptions contained in this Own-er Handbook. Any top-up operationsmust be carried out only by specialisedpersonnel at a Fiat Dealership.
Using the battery when thefluid is too low can damage
it irreparably and generate a risk ofexplosion.
WARNING
REPLACING THE BATTERY
If required, replace the battery with anoriginal spare part with the same specifi-cations.
If a battery with different specifications isfitted, the service intervals given in the“Scheduled Servicing Plan” will no longerbe valid.
For battery maintenance, you shouldtherefore refer to the instructions pro-vided by the battery manufacturer.
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 179
180
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
REIMPORTANT If the battery’s charge staysbelow 50% for a long time it becomesdamaged through sulphation, which re-duces its capacity and ability to startthe car.
The battery will also be more at risk offreezing (this can happen as early as−10 °C). Refer to “Car inactivity” in“Starting and driving” if the car is leftparked for a long time.
If, after buying the car, you want to installelectrical devices that require a permanentelectric supply (alarm, etc.) or devices thatuse a lot of electricity, contact a Fiat Deal-ership. Their qualified personnel, in addi-tion to suggesting the most suitable de-vices from the Lineaccessori Fiat range,will evaluate the overall electricity con-sumption, checking whether the car’s elec-tric system is capable of withstanding theload required, or whether it should be in-tegrated with a more powerful battery.
Since these devices continue to consumeenergy even when the engine is switchedoff, they gradually run down the battery.
USEFUL ADVICE FOREXTENDING THE LIFE OF YOUR BATTERY
To avoid draining your battery and makeit last longer, follow these instructionsclosely:
❒ when you park the car, ensure that thedoors, boot and bonnet are closedproperly to prevent the ceiling courtesylights from staying on;
❒ turn off the ceiling lights, although thecar does have an automatic system forswitching off internal lights;
❒ do not leave devices (e.g. sound sys-tem, hazard lights, etc.) switched on for a long time when the engine is notrunning;
❒ before performing any operation on theelectrical system, disconnect the nega-tive battery cable;
❒ make sure battery terminals are fullytightened.
Incorrect assembly of electricand electronic devices maycause severe damage to yourcar. Go to a Fiat Dealership if
you want to install accessories (anti-theft device, mobile phone, etc.): theywill suggest the most suitable devicesand advise you if a higher-capacity bat-tery needs to be installed.
Batteries contain substancesthat can be very harmful tothe environment. It is advis-able to have the battery
changed by a Fiat Dealership, whereit will be disposed of properly and inaccordance with the law.
If the vehicle must remainunused for a long time at
very low temperatures, remove thebattery and take it to a warm placeto avoid freezing.
WARNING
If you have to perform anyoperation on the battery or
near it, always protect your eyes withspecial goggles.
WARNING
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 180
181
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
WHEELS AND TYRES
Check the pressure of each tyre, includ-ing the spare, every two weeks and beforelong journeys. The pressure should bechecked with the tyre rested and cold.
It is normal for the pressure to increasewhen the car is used; for the correct tyreinflation pressure, see “Wheels” in the“Technical specifications” section.
Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyrewear fig. 8:
A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.
B low pressure: tread particularly wornat the edges.
C high pressure: tread particularly wornin the centre.
The tyres must be replaced when thetread is less than 1.6 mm thick. In all cas-es, follow the laws in force in the coun-try where you are driving.
fig. 8 F0M0160m
IMPORTANT NOTES
❒ Where possible, avoid braking sudden-ly, wheel-spinning and crashing intocurbs, potholes or other obstacles.Long distances on uneven roads candamage the tyres;
❒ check the tyres regularly for cuts on thesides, swelling or irregular tread wear.Go to a Fiat Dealership if required.
❒ avoid overloading the car when travel-ling: this may cause serious damage tothe wheels and tyres;
❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop the vehicleimmediately and change it to avoiddamage to the tyre, the rim, and thesuspension and steering systems;
❒ a tyre will age even if it is not used much.Cracks in the tread and on the sidewallsare a sign of ageing. In any event, havethe tyres checked by specialised per-sonnel if they have been fitted for longerthan 6 years. Remember to check thespare wheel very carefully;
❒ in case of replacement, always fit newtyres, avoiding those with an unknownorigin;
❒ if a tyre is replaced, you should alsochange the inflation valve;
❒ to allow even wear between the frontand rear tyres, it is advisable to switchthem every 10–15 thousand kilometres,keeping them on the same side of the car so as not to reverse the directionof rotation.
Remember that the roadholding qualities of your car
also depend on correct tyre pressures.
WARNING
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 181
182
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
REWINDSCREEN/REARWINDOW WIPERS
BLADES
Regularly clean the rubber part using ap-propriate products; TUTELA PRO-FESSIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
Replace the blades if the rubber edge ismisshapen or worn. In any event, it is ad-visable to replace them approximatelyonce a year.
A few simple precautions can reduce thepossibility of damage to the blades:
❒ make sure that the rubber part is notfrozen to the windscreen in sub-zerotemperatures. Use an antifreeze prod-uct to release it if required;
❒ remove any snow from the glass: in ad-dition to protecting the blades, this pre-vents the electric motor from over-heating;
❒ do not operate the windscreen wiperson dry glass.
Driving with worn wiperblades is a serious hazard,
because visibility is reduced in badweather.
WARNING
RUBBER TUBES
As far as the brake system and fuel rubberhoses are concerned, stick closely to the“Scheduled Servicing Plan” in this section.
Ozone, high temperatures and a pro-longed lack of fluid in the system maycause hardening and cracking of the tubes,which could result in leaks. Careful in-spections are therefore necessary.
If the pressure is too low, thetyre will overheat and could
be seriously damaged.
WARNING
Avoid switching the tyresfrom the right side of the ve-
hicle to the left side and vice versa.
WARNING
Do not re-spray alloy wheelrims at temperatures higher
than 150 °C. The mechanical char-acteristics of the wheels may becompromised.
WARNING
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 182
183
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
Replacing the windscreen wiper blades fig. 9
How to remove the blade:
❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm A;
❒ rotate blade B 90° around pin C, lo-cated at the end of the wiper arm;
❒ remove the blade from the pin C.
How to insert the blade:
❒ fit pin C into the hole located in themiddle of the blade B;
❒ lower the arm so the blade rests backon the windscreen.
fig. 9 F0M0161m
Changing the rear window wiper blade fig. 10
Proceed as follows:
❒ raise the cover A and remove the armfrom the car by slackening the nut Bthat fastens it to the pivot pin;
❒ fit the new arm, positioning it correct-ly, and fully tighten the nut;
❒ lower the cover.
fig. 10 F0M0162m
SPRAY NOZZLES
Windscreen washer fig. 11
If the jet is not coming out, firstly checkthat there is fluid in the reservoir (see“Checking levels” in this section).
Then check that the nozzle holes are notclogged; use a needle to unblock them ifnecessary.
fig. 11 F0M0163m
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 183
184
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE❒ spraying protective plastic materials in
the most exposed areas: underdoor, in-ner mudguard parts, edges, etc.;
❒ using “open” boxed sections to preventcondensation and pockets of moisturefrom triggering rust inside.
BODY AND UNDERBODY WARRANTY
Your car is covered by warranty againstperforation due to corrosion of any origi-nal element of the structure or bodywork.
For the general terms of this warranty, re-fer to your Warranty Booklet.
ADVICE FOR PRESERVING THE BODYWORK
Paint
Paintwork does not only serve an aes-thetic purpose, but also protects the un-derlying sheet metal.
Touch up abrasions and scratches immedi-ately to prevent the formation of rust. Useonly original paint products for touch-ups(see “Bodywork paint identification” in the“Technical specifications” section).
BODYWORK
PROTECTION FROM ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS
The main causes of corrosion are the fol-lowing:
❒ atmospheric pollution;
❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas orhot and humid climates);
❒ seasonal environmental conditions.
The abrasive action of wind-borne at-mospheric dust and sand, as well as mudand gravel raised by other cars, should notbe underestimated either.
Fiat used the best manufacturing tech-nologies on your car to effectively protectthe bodywork against corrosion.
These are the most important:
❒ painting products and systems whichgive the car particular resistance to cor-rosion and abrasion;
❒ use of galvanised (or pre-treated) steelsheets with high resistance to corro-sion;
❒ spraying the underbody, engine com-partment, wheelhouse internal partsand other elements with highly protec-tive wax-based products;
Rear window washer fig. 12
The rear window washer jets are fixed.
The nozzle holder is located above therear window.
fig. 12 F0M0164m
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 184
185
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
Standard upkeep of the paintwork consistsof washing the vehicle: the frequency de-pends on the conditions and environmentwhere the vehicle is used. For example, itis advisable to wash the car more often inareas with high atmospheric pollution oron gritted roads.
To wash the car properly, proceed as fol-lows:
❒ if taking your car through an automat-ic car wash, remove the aerial from theroof;
❒ wash the body using a low-pressure jetof water;
❒ use a sponge to wipe a slightly soapy so-lution over the bodywork, frequentlyrinsing the sponge;
❒ rinse with plenty of water and dry witha jet of air or a chamois leather.
Take particular care when drying the lessvisible parts, such as the door, bonnet andheadlight frames, where water can stagnatemore easily. It is a good idea to leave thecar in the open for a while after washingit to give time for the water to evaporate.
Do not wash the car after it has been leftin the sun or with the bonnet hot: this mayalter the shine of the paintwork.
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned inthe same way as the rest of the car.
Where possible, do not park under trees;the resinous substances that fall off manyspecies give the paint a dull appearanceand increase the possibility of triggeringrust processes.
IMPORTANT Bird droppings should bewashed off immediately and thoroughly as the acid they contain is particularly aggressive.
Detergents pollute water. Thevehicle should be washed onlyin areas equipped for collect-ing and purifying the liquids
used in the washing process.
Windows
Use specific detergents to clean the win-dows.
Also use clean cloths to avoid scratchingthe glass or altering the transparency.
IMPORTANT Wipe the rear windowgently with a cloth in the direction of thefilaments to avoid damaging the heatingdevice.
Engine compartment
Wash the engine compartment thor-oughly at the end of every winter. Be care-ful not to direct the jet of water onto elec-tronic control units. Adequately protectthe upper air vents to prevent damage tothe windscreen wiper motor. Have thisoperation performed at a specialisedworkshop.
IMPORTANT Washing should take placewith a cold engine and with the key atSTOP. After the wash, make sure thatthe various protective devices (e.g. rubbercaps and guards) have not been removedor damaged.
Front headlights
IMPORTANT Never use aromatic sub-stances (e.g. petrol) or ketenes (e.g. ace-tone) for cleaning the plastic lenses of thefront headlights.
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 185
186
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SSE
RVICE
AN
D CA
RE
The fabric upholstery of yourcar is designed to withstandnormal wear and tear fora long time. Some precautions
are however needed. Avoid prolongedrubbing against clothing accessories,such as metal buckles, bosses, Velcrostrips and the like, which by applyinga high pressure on the fabric in a smallarea could cause the breakage of somethreads and damage the upholstery.
SEATS AND FABRIC PARTS
Remove dust with a soft brush or a vacu-um cleaner. It is advisable to use a dampbrush on velvet upholstery.
Wipe the seats with a sponge soaked ina solution of mild detergent and water.
Never use flammable prod-ucts, such as petroleum
ether or modified petrol, to clean theinside the car. The electrostaticcharges which are generated by rub-bing during cleaning may cause a fire.
WARNING
Do not keep aerosol cans inthe vehicle: these could ex-
plode. Aerosol cans must not be ex-posed to temperatures exceeding50°C. When the vehicle is exposed tosunlight, the temperature inside cangreatly exceed this value.
WARNING
INTERIOR
Check regularly that water is not trappedunder the mats (due to drops from shoes,umbrellas, etc.), as this could cause thesheet metal to rust.
IMPORTANT Never use alcohol- orpetrol-based products to clean the in-strument panel.
GENUINE LEATHER STEERINGWHEEL/GEAR LEVER KNOB
These components must be cleaned withmild soap and water only.
Never use spirits and/or alcohol-basedproducts.
Before using off-the-shelf products de-signed for cleaning vehicle interiors, makesure that they do not contain spirits and/or alcohol-based substances.
If window cleaner accidentally drips ontothe steering wheel or gear lever knob,wipe away immediately and then wash theaffected area with mild soap and water.
IMPORTANT When arranging a steeringwheel locking device, be careful not to dam-age the leather upholstery.
PLASTIC PARTS
It is advisable to clean interior plastic partswith a damp cloth and a solution of waterand mild, non-abrasive detergent. To re-move grease and tough stains, use productsdesigned specifically for cleaning plastics.These have no solvents and have been de-signed so that they do not alter the ap-pearance and colour of the components.
167-186 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 186
187
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
IDENTIFICATION DATA ................................................. 188
ENGINE CODES – BODYWORK VERSIONS ............. 184
ENGINE .................................................................................. 191
FUEL SUPPLY ........................................................................ 192
TRANSMISSION .................................................................. 192
BRAKES .................................................................................. 193
SUSPENSIONS ...................................................................... 193
STEERING SYSTEM ............................................................. 193
WHEELS ................................................................................. 194
PERFORMANCES ................................................................ 197
DIMENSIONS ....................................................................... 198
WEIGHTS .............................................................................. 199
CAPACITIES .......................................................................... 200
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS ............................................. 201
FUEL CONSUMPTION ...................................................... 203
CO2 EMISSIONS .................................................................. 203
TTEECCHHNNIICCAALL SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 187
188
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
VIN PLATE fig. 1
The plate can be found on the left side ofthe boot floor and it bears the followingidentification data:
B Type-approval number.
C Vehicle type code.
D Chassis number.
E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.
F Maximum vehicle weight fully loadedwith trailer.
G Maximum weight on front axle.
H Maximum weight on rear axle.
I Engine type.
L Body version code.
M Number for spare parts.
N Correct smoke opacity index (fordiesel engines).
IDENTIFICATION DATA
We recommend taking note of the iden-tification codes. The following identifica-tion codes are printed and shown on theplates:
❒ Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate.
❒ Chassis marking.
❒ Bodywork paint identification plate.
❒ Engine marking.
fig. 1 F0M0368m
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 188
189
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
CHASSIS MARKING fig. 3
This is printed on the passenger com-partment floor, near the right front seat.
❒ car model (ZFA 199000);
❒ chassis number.
ENGINE MARKING
This is printed onto the cylinder block andshows the type and production serial num-ber.
BODYWORK PAINTIDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 2
This can be found on the external reardoor pillar (left-hand side) and it bears thefollowing information:
A Paint manufacturer.
B Colour name.
C Fiat colour code.
D Colour code for touch-ups or re-spraying.
fig. 2 F0M0167m fig. 3 F0M0168m
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 189
190
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
199A4000
350A1000
350A1000
199A7000
199A7000
199A2000
199A9000
199B2000
199BXA1A 01D
199BXB1A 03P
199BXB1A 03R (❍)
199BXH1A 20D
199BXH1A 20F (❍)
199BXC1A 05E199BXC1A 05H (*)199BXC1A 05G (❒)
199AXT1A 38D (❍) (*)199AXT1A 38H (❍) (*) (❒)
199BXP1A 30F
199BXA1A 01C
199BXB1A 03C
199BXB1A 03Q (❍)
199BXH1A 20
199BXH1A 20E (❍)
199BXC1A 05199BXC1A 05C (*)199BXC1A 05F (❒)
199AXT1A 38C (❍) (*)199AXT1A 38G (❍) (*) (❒)
199BXP1A 30E
199AXA1A 00F
199AXB1A 02D
199AXB1A 02Q (❍)
199AXH1A 19
199AXH1A 19E (❍)
199AXC1A 04199AXC1A 04D (*)199AXC1A 04F (❒)
199AXT1A 37C (❍) (*)199AXT1A 37G (❍) (*) (❒)
199AXP1A 29E
199AXA1A 00G
199AXB1A 02E
199AXB1A 02R (❍)
199AXH1A 19B
199AXH1A 19F (❍)
199AXC1A 04C 199AXC1A 04E (*)
199AXC1A 04G (❒)
199AXT1A 37D (❍) (*)199AXT1A 37H (❍) (*) (❒)
199AXP1A 29F
ENGINE CODES – BODYWORK VERSIONS
Version Engine type Engine type body version codecode 3 doors 5 doors
4 seats 5 seats (Õ) 4 seats 5 seats (Õ)
1.2 (EURO 4)
1.4 (EURO 4)
1.4 (EURO 5)
1.4 (Õ) (EURO 4)
1.4 (Õ) (EURO 5)
1.3 Multijet 75 HP(EURO 4)
1.3 Multijet 75 HP(EURO 5)
1.3 Multijet 70 HP (Õ)(EURO 4)
(*) Version with DPF(❒) ECO versions(Õ) For versions/markets, where provided(❍) Version with Start&Stop
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 190
191
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
ENGINE
INFORMATION
Type code
Cycle
Number and layout of cylinders
Piston bore and stroke mm
Total capacity cm3
Compression ratio
Max power (EEC) kWHP
corresponding speed rpm
Max torque (EEC) Nmkgm
corresponding speed rpm
Spark plugs
Fuel
(Õ) For versions/markets, where provided(*) EURO 5
1.3 Multijet 75 HP
199A2000199B2000 (Õ)199A9000 (*)
Diesel
4 in line
69.6 × 82
1248
17,6:1/16,8:1 (*)
5575/70 (Õ)
4000
19019,4
1750/1500 (*)
–
Diesel for motor vehicles
(EN590 specifications)
1.4
350A1000199A7000 (Õ)
Otto
4 in line
72 × 84
1368
11,1:1
5777/75 (Õ)
6000
11511,73000
NGK ZKR7A-10
Unleaded petrol 95 RON
(Specification EN228)
1.2
199A4000
Otto
4 in line
70.8 × 78.86
1242
11,1:1
4865
5500
10210,43000
NGK ZKR7A-10
Unleaded petrol 95 RON
(Specification EN228)
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 191
192
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSFUEL SUPPLY
1.2 - 1.4 1.3 Multijet
Fuel supply Multipoint electronic injection “Common Rail” Multijet direct injection
Modifications or repairs to the fuel supply system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’stechnical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.
WARNING
TRANSMISSION
1.2 - 1.4 - 1.3 Multijet
Gearbox Five forward gears plus reverse with synchronisersfor selecting forward gears
Clutch Self-adjusting with no free travel
Drive Front
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 192
torsion beam with interconnected wheels
193
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
BRAKES1.2 - 1.4 - 1.3 Multijet
Service brakes:– front disc (self-ventilating for versions/markets, where provided)
– rear drum
Parking brake controlled by hand lever, acting on rear brakes
IMPORTANT Water, ice and salt on the roads may deposit on the brake discs, reducing braking efficiency the first time the brakesare applied.
STEERING SYSTEM
1.2 - 1.4 - 1.3 Multijet
Type rack and pinion with electric power steering
Turning circle (kerb to kerb) m 10,9
Independent wheel McPherson-type Independent wheel McPherson-type with anti-roll bar
SUSPENSION
1.2 1.4 - 1.3 Multijet
Front
Rear
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 193
194
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSMaximum speed index
Q = up to 160 km/h.
R = up to 170 km/h.
S = up to 180 km/h.
T = up to 190 km/h.
U = up to 200 km/h.
H = up to 210 km/h.
V = up to 240 km/h.
Maximum speed index for snow tyres
QM + S = up to 160 km/h.
TM + S = up to 190 km/h.
HM + S = up to 210 km/h.
WHEELS
RIMS AND TYRES
Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless ra-dial carcass tyres. All approved tyres arelisted in the Log Book.
IMPORTANT In the event of discrepan-cies between the information provided inthis Owner Handbook and the Log Book,the latter takes precedence.
For safety when driving, it is essential thatthe car is fitted with tyres of the samemake and type on all wheels.
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubeswith tubeless tyres.
SPARE WHEEL
Pressed steel rim Tubeless tyre.
WHEEL GEOMETRY
Total front toe-in: 1 ± 1 mm
Total rear toe-in: 1.7 ± 2 mm.
The values refer to the car in running order.
fig. 4 F0M0169m
READING TYRE MARKINGS fig. 4
Example: 175/65 R 15 84T
175 = Nominal width (S, distance in mmbetween sidewalls).
65 = Height/width ratio (H/S) as a per-centage.
R = Radial tyre.
15 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).
84 = Load index.
T = Maximum speed index.
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 194
195
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
READING RIM MARKINGS fig. 4
Example: 6J × 15 ET43
6 = rim width in inches 1.
J = rim drop centre outline (sideprojection where the tyre beadrests) 2.
15 = rim nominal diameter in inches(corresponds to diameter of thetyre to be fitted) 3 = Ø.
ET43 = wheel camber (distance betweenthe disc/rim support plane andthe wheel rim centre line).
Load index
70 = 335 kg 81 = 462 kg
71 = 345 kg 82 = 475 kg
72 = 355 kg 83 = 487 kg
73 = 365 kg 84 = 500 kg
74 = 375 kg 85 = 515 kg
75 = 387 kg 86 = 530 kg
76 = 400 kg 87 = 545 kg
77 = 412 kg 88 = 560 kg
78 = 425 kg 89 = 580 kg
79 = 437 kg 90 = 600 kg
80 = 450 kg 91 = 615 kg
TYRES RIM PROTECTOR fig. 5
fig. 5 F0U0549m
If after-sale tyres with rimprotector are used (fig. 5)
and the car has integral cups fixed (bysprings) to the sheet wheel, DO NOTfit wheel cups. The use of unsuitabletyres and wheel cups could cause asudden pressure loss of the tyre.
WARNING
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 195
196
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
175/65 R15 84T (M+S)185/65 R15 88T (M+S)
175/65 R15 84T185/65 R15 88T
6J × 15'' – ET 43 175/65 R15 84T185/65 R15 88T
6J × 15'' – ET 436J × 15'' – ET 43 (▲)
2.2 2.12.2 2.2
2.2 2.02.2 2.2
2.2 2.12.2 2.2
2.2 2.02.2 2.2
2.4 2.12.5 2.2
2.3 2.12.3 2.3
Version Rims (*) Tyres Spare wheel (ç)provided snow Rim (*) Tyre
1.2 - 1.4 -1.3 Multijet
(▲) OPT Alloy rim
(*) 100 mm wheel stud distance and M12 x 1.5 studs; use only wheels specified for this car.
(ç) Depending on the configuration, the spare wheel has a 175/65 R15 84T tyre and a 6J×15''- ET43 rim. In this case the 175/65 R15 84T tyre has the same specifications as the spare wheel: the information in “Changing a tyre” therefore refers tothe 175/65 R15 84T tyre.
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Versions 1.2 1.4 1.3 MultijetFront Rear Front Rear Front Rear
175/65 R15 84TMedium load Full load
185/65 R15 88TMedium load Full load
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed pressure when the tyres are warm. However, recheck that the value is correct with the tyre cold.With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the pressure recommended for standard tyres.When running at speeds higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres to full-load pressures.
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 196
197
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
PERFORMANCES
Maximum speeds after initial car use, in km/h.
1.2 1.4 1.3 Multijet
155 165 165
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 197
198
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSDIMENSIONS
Dimensions are expressed in mm and re-fer to the vehicle fitted with its originaltyres.
Height is measured with the vehicle un-laden.
Boot capacity
Capacity with vehicle unladen (VDA standards): ........................ 275 dm3
Capacity with rear seat and backrest folded over: .................1030 dm3
F0M0369m
fig. 6
Version A B C D E F G H3 - 5 doors
1.2 - 1.4 -1.3 Multijet 4030 875 2510 645 1490 1473 1687 146
IMPORTANT Measurements may vary according to rim/tyre size.
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 198
199
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
3 doors5 seats
(Õ)
1015
560
8508501575
900400
50
60
5 doors4 seats
1030
480
8508501590
900400
50
60
5 doors5 seats
(Õ)
1030
560
8508501590
900400
50
60
3 doors4 seats
1025
480
8508501505
1000400
50
60
3 doors5 seats
(Õ)
1025
560
8508501585
1000400
50
60
5 doors4 seats
1040
480
8508501600
1000400
50
60
5 doors5 seats
(Õ)
1040
560
8508501600
1000400
50
60
3 doors4 seats
1090
480
9508501570
1000400
50
60
3 doors5 seats
(Õ)
1090
560
9508501650
1000400
50
60
5 doors4 seats
1105
480
9508501665
1000400
50
60
5 doors5 seats
(Õ)
1105
560
9508501665
1000400
50
60
3 doors 4 seats
1015
480
8508501495
900400
50
60
WEIGHTS
Petrol versions 1.2 1.4 1.3 Multijet
Weights (kg)
Unladen weight (with all fluids, fuel tank filled to 90% and without optional equipment):
Payload (*) including the driver:
Maximum permitted loads (**)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:
Towable loads:– braked trailer:– non-braked trailer:
Maximum load on roof:
Maximum load on the ball joint (braked trailer):
(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload with respect to the maximum permitted load.
(**) Loads that must not be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the goods in the boot and/or on the load carrying platform within the maximum permitted loads.
(Õ) For versions/markets, where provided
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 199
200
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
1.3 Multijet
––
455 ÷ 7
7.4/6,7 (*)
––
3.03.2
1.7
0.5
2.24.5
1.4
455 ÷ 7
––
5.27
2.42.6
––
1.5
0.5
2.24.5
1.2
455 ÷ 7
––
5.27
2.42.6
––
1.5
0.5
2.24.5
CAPACITIES
Fuel tank: litres including a reserve of: litres
Fuel tank: litresincluding a reserve of: litres
Engine cooling system: litres
Engine sump: litresEngine sump and filter: litres
Engine sump: litresEngine sump and filter: litres
Gearbox/differentialcasing: kg
Hydraulic brake circuit: kg
Windscreen/rear window washer fluid reservoir: litres with headlight washers: litres
(❒) For particularly harsh climate conditions, a mixture of 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% distilled water is recommended.(*) EURO 5
Recommended fuels and original lubricants
Unleaded petrol with no less than 95 R.O.N. (EN 228 Specification)
Diesel for motor vehicles (EN590 Specification)
50-50 mixture of water and PARAFLUUP liquid (❒)
SELENIA K P.E.
SELENIA WR P.E.
TUTELA CAR TECHNYX
TUTELA TOP 4
Mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 200
201
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS
Use Quality specifications of fluids and lubricants Original Replacementfor correct car operation fluids and lubricants interval
Lubricants for petrol engines
Lubricants for diesel engines
For diesel engines, in the event of an emergency in which the original products are not available, lubricants with at least ACEA C2performance are acceptable; however, in this case optimum engine performances are not guaranteed and the lubricants should bereplaced with recommended products as soon as possible at a Fiat Dealership.The use of products with specifications lower than ACEA C3 and ACEA C2 could cause engine damage not covered under warranty.
SAE 5W-40 ACEA C3grade synthetic base lubricant.FIAT 9.55535-S2 certification.
SAE 5W-30 grade synthetic base lubricant. FIAT 9.55535-S1 certification.
SELENIA K P.E. Contractual TechnicalReference N° F603.C07
SELENIA WR P.E. Contractual TechnicalReference N° F510.D07
As per the Scheduled Servicing Plan
As per the Scheduled Servicing Plan
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 201
202
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
Lubricants and greases for drive transmission system
Brake liquid
Radiator protection
Fuel additive
SAE 75W-85 grade synthetic base lubricant. FIAT 9.55550-MX3 certification
Molybdenum disulphide grease, for use at high temperatures. FIAT 9.55580 certification. NL.GI. 1-2 consistency
Grease for constant-velocity joints with low friction coefficient. FIAT 9.55580 certification. NL.GI. 0-2 consistency
Synthetic fluid FMVSS n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925 SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956- 01. FIAT 9.55597 certification
Inhibited mono ethylene glycol-based antifreeze protection, red, with organic formulation. Passes CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications.FIAT 9.55523 certification
Additive for diesel antifreeze, protecting diesel engines
Mixture of alcohol, water and surfactants CUNA NC 956-IIFIAT 9.55522 certification.
Use Quality specifications of fluids and lubricants Original Applicationsfor correct car operation fluids and lubricants
(*) IMPORTANT Do not use fluids with different specifications for topping up or mixing.
(❒) When the vehicle is used in particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a 60-40 mixture of PARAFLUUP and distalled water.
Windscreen/rear window washer fluid
Mechanical gearbox and differential
Wheel side constant-velocity joints
Differential side constant-velocity joints
Hydraulic brakes and hydraulic clutchcontrols
Cooling circuit. Mixture: 50% water and50% PARAFLUUP (❒)
Mix 25cc per 10 litresof diesel
To be used diluted or undiluted in windscreen/rear window washer/wipersystems
TUTELA CAR TECHNYXContractual Technical Reference N° F010.B05
TUTELA ALL STARContractual Technical Reference N° F702.G07
TUTELA STAR 700Contractual Technical Reference N° F701.C07
TUTELA TOP 4Contractual Technical Reference N° F001.A93
PARAFLUUP (*)Contractual Technical Reference N° F101.M01
TUTELA DIESEL ARTContractual Technical Reference N° F601.L06
TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35Contractual Technical Reference N° F201.D02
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 202
203
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NS
❒ extra-urban cycle: driving that simulatesusing the vehicle out of town with fre-quent acceleration in all gears; thespeed varies from 0 to 120 km/h;
❒ combined consumption: this is calcu-lated with a weighting of about 37% ur-ban cycle consumption and about 63%extra-urban consumption.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
The fuel consumption figures given in thetable below are determined on the basisof the homologation tests set down byspecific European Directives.The procedures below are followed formeasuring consumption:❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed by
driving that simulates urban use of thecar;
IMPORTANT The type of route, trafficsituations, weather conditions, drivingstyle, general state of the car, trim lev-el/equipment/accessories, load, climatecontrol system, roof rack, and other sit-uations that affect how the car movesthrough the air may lead to different fuelconsumption levels than those measured.
Fuel consumption according to the current European directive
Versions Urban Extra-urban Combined
1.2 (EURO 4) 7.3 4.8 5.71.4 (EURO 4) 7.5 5.0 5.91.4 (EURO 5) 7.4 4.7 5.71.3 Multijet 75HP (EURO 4) 6.2 3.5 4.51.3 Multijet 75HP (EURO 4) ECO 5.2 3.5 4.11.3 Multijet 75HP (EURO 5) 5.2 3.5 4.11.3 Multijet 75HP (EURO 5) ECO 5.1 3.3 4.0
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 203
204
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
INDE
XCO
NTRO
LS
AND
DEVI
CES
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSCO2 EMISSIONS
The CO2 emission figures in the table below refer to combined fuel consumption.Versions CO2 emissions according to the current European directive
1.2 (EURO 4) 135
1.4 (EURO 4) 139
1.4 (EURO 5) 132
1.3 Multijet 75HP (EURO 4) 119
1.3 Multijet 75HP (EURO 4) ECO 109
1.3 Multijet 75HP (EURO 5) 108
1.3 Multijet 75HP (EURO 5) ECO 104
187-204 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:40 Pagina 204
205
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S
Bonnet ............................................ 70Boot ................................................. 67– opening the boot
in an emergency ...................... 67– opening and closing
the boot .................................... 67– extension .................................. 68
Boot extension .............................. 68Brake Assist (emergency braking assistance) ..................... 75
Brake fluid level ............................. 178 Brakes– properties ................................. 193– fluid level ................................... 178
Bulb (replacement)– general information ................ 147– bulb types ................................. 148
Car inactivity ................................ 122Card/CD holder ........................... 58Carrying children safely ............... 99Ceiling lights ................................... 51 Changing a wheel .......................... 137 Chassis (marking) ......................... 188
Checking levels ............................. 174 Child lock ....................................... 64Child seats (suitability for use) ............ 102-104
Cigarette lighter ............................ 58Clutch .............................................. 192CO2 emissions .............................. 203Code Card ..................................... 8 Consumptions– fuel ............................................. 203– engine oil .................................. 176
Control buttons ............................ 53 Cup/can holder ............................. 58Cup/can holders ............................ 58
Dashboard .................................... 5Dashboard and controls ............. 4 Dead lock (device) ....................... 63Digital display ................................. 16Dimensions .................................... 198Dipped beam headlights – control ...................................... 47– bulb replacement .................... 150
Ability to install navigation system ....................... 88
ABS .................................................. 74
ABS system .................................... 74
Accessories purchased by the owner ............................... 88
Air filter .......................................... 179
Alarm .............................................. 10
Arm rest ......................................... 57
Ashtray ........................................... 59
ASR .................................................. 77
– activation/deactivation ............ 77
ASR system .................................... 77
Battery– jump starting ............................ 136– checking the charge ............... 179– recharging ................................. 163– replacement ............................. 179
Bodywork– maintenance ............................. 184– version codes .......................... 190
IINNDDEEXX
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 205
206
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S Fiat CODE system ...................... 6Fix&Go automatic ........................ 142Flashing the headlights ................. 47Fluids and lubricants ..................... 201Fog lights – control button ......................... 53– bulb replacement .................... 151
Follow Me Home (device) .......... 48Front airbags .................................. 105 Front ceiling lights – control ...................................... 51– bulb replacement .................... 154
Fuel– gauge ......................................... 15– Cut-off system ......................... 55
Fuel cap ........................................... 91Fuel cut-off system ....................... 55Fuel flap ........................................... 91Fuel gauge ....................................... 15Fuses (changing) ............................ 155
Gears– using the manual gearbox ..... 116
Glove box ...................................... 57Glove compartment ..................... 56
Handbrake .................................... 115Hazard lights .................................. 53Head restraints ............................. 34Headlights ....................................... 72– headlight alignment
adjustor ..................................... 72– beam direction ........................ 72– adjusting headlights abroad ... 73
Heated rear window .......... 40-45-54 Heating and ventilation ................ 37 Heating/ventilation system ......... 37Hill Holder system ....................... 76
Identification data ........................ 188Ignition device ............................... 12 In an emergency ............................ 135Installing the tow hook ................ 119Instrument panel ........................... 13 Interior ............................................ 186 Interior fittings .............................. 56
Jack .................................................. 139
Key with remote control ........... 8– Replacing the battery
of the key with remote control ...................................... 9
Direction indicators– control ...................................... 48– front bulb replacement .......... 150– side bulb replacement ............ 151– rear bulb replacement ........... 151
Display functions ........................... 24Door locking ................................. 62 Doors .............................................. 62
Electric windows ......................... 65Emergency rear door locking device .............................. 64
Engine .............................................. 191– identification code .................. 190– specifications ............................ 191– marking ..................................... 189
Engine compartment .................... 174 Engine coolant gauge ................... 15Engine coolant level ..................... 178 Engine oil– technical specifications .......... 201– consumption ............................ 176– checking the level ................... 176
Engine oil level ............................... 176EOBD system ................................ 78ESP system ..................................... 75 Exterior lights ................................ 47
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 206
207
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
GW
ARNI
NGLIG
HTS A
NDME
SSAG
ES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
SPassenger compartment ventilation .................................... 37
Performance .................................. 197Plates – identification data ................... 188– body paint ................................ 189
Pollen filter ..................................... 179 Power steering .......................... 54-79Presenting for mounting the “Universal Isofix” child restraint system........................... 103
Pretensioners ................................ 96Protecting the environment ....... 91
Radio transmitters and mobile phones ..................... 89
Rear fog lights– control button ......................... 54– bulb replacement .................... 152
Rear window washer– control ...................................... 50
Rear window wiper– control ...................................... 50– blades ........................................ 183– nozzles ...................................... 184
Refuelling the car .......................... 90 Removing the parcel shelf ........... 69
Rev counter ................................... 14Reverse light .................................. 152Roof rack/ski rack ........................ 71Rubber tubes ................................. 182
Safety .............................................. 93Safety belts– general information ................ 97– use .............................................. 94– load limiters ............................. 96– maintenance ............................. 98
SBR system .................................... 95Seat adjustment ............................. 32 Seats– cleaning ..................................... 186– adjustment ................................ 32– tipping (rear seats) ................. 33
Servicing and care ......................... 167– Regular checks ........................ 173– Scheduled servicing ................ 168– Scheduled servicing plan
for petrol versions ................. 169– Scheduled servicing plan
for diesel versions .................. 171– Demanding use of the car .... 173
– Replacing the cover of the remote control ........... 9
Key without remote control ..... 10 Keys ................................................. 8
Levels ............................................. 174Lifting the car ................................. 164 Load limiters .................................. 96
Main beam headlights– control ...................................... 47– flashing ....................................... 47– bulb replacement .................... 150
Manual climate control system ............................ 41
Mirrors– wing mirrors ............................. 36– rear-view mirror ..................... 35
Multifunction display .................... 21
Number plate light ...................... 153
On-board instruments ............... 14
Paintwork ...................................... 184Parking lights .................................. 54Particulate filter ............................. 92Passenger compartment air vents ........................................ 38
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 207
208
SAFE
TYST
ARTIN
G AN
D DR
IVIN
G
WAR
NING
LIGHT
S AND
MESS
AGES
IN A
NEM
ERGE
NCY
SERV
ICE
AND
CARE
TECH
NICA
LSP
ECIFI
CATIO
NSIN
DEX
CONT
ROLS
AN
D DE
VICE
S Steering ........................................... 193Steering wheel adjustment ......... 35 Steering wheel lock ...................... 12Sun visors ....................................... 59Sunroof ........................................... 60– emergency operation ............. 61
Suspension ..................................... 193Symbols ........................................... 6
Technical specifications .............. 187Third brake light ........................... 153Tool kit ........................................... 138Top speeds ..................................... 196 Towing the car .............................. 165Towing trailers .............................. 118– installing the tow hook .......... 119
Transmission .................................. 192Trip computer ............................... 30Tyre pressures .............................. 196Tyres– standard tyres provided ........ 196– reading tyre markings ............ 194– maintenance ............................. 181– pressure .................................... 197– changing .................................... 137
Tyre Rim Protector....................... 195
Using the manual gearbox ......... 116
Warning lights and messages ... 123 Weights .......................................... 199Wheel rims– reading rim markings ............. 195
Wheel trim .................................... 194Wheels– trim ............................................ 194– spare .......................................... 194– changing .................................... 137
When parked ................................ 115Window washing .......................... 49Windows (cleaning) ..................... 185Windscreen and rear window wiper blades ................................ 183
Windscreen washer – control ..................................... 49– fluid level ................................... 178
Windscreen wipers– control ..................................... 49– blades ........................................ 183– nozzles ...................................... 183
Windscreen/rear window washer level ................................. 178
Side airbags .................................... 107Side/taillights– control ...................................... 47– front bulb replacement .......... 149– rear bulb replacement ........... 151
Smart washing ............................... 49 Snow chains ................................... 121 Snow tyres ..................................... 196Socket ............................................. 59 Sound system ................................ 81 Spark plugs – type ............................................ 191
Speedometer ................................. 14Starting and driving ....................... 111Starting the engine– jump starting ............................ 136– bump starting ........................... 136– emergency starting ................. 136– ignition device ......................... 12– procedure for petrol
versions ..................................... 112– procedure for diesel
versions ..................................... 113– how to warm up the engine
after it has just started .......... 114 – stopping the engine ................ 114
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 208
ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEALING WITH THE VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFEFiat has been committed for many years to safeguarding the environment through the constant improvement of its productionprocesses and manufacturing products that are increasingly “eco-compatible”. To give customers the best possible service in termsof respecting environmental laws and in response to European Directive 2000/53/EC governing vehicles at the end of their life, Fiat is offering its customers the opportunity of handing over their vehicle* at the end of its life without incurring any additional costs.The European Directive sets out that when the vehicle is handed over the last keeper or owner should not incur any expenses asa result of it having a zero or negative market value. In all European Union countries, until 1st January 2007, only vehicles regis-tered after 1st July 2002 were collected free of charge, while since 2007 collection has been free of charge irrespective of the yearof registration as long as the vehicle contains its basic components (in particular, the engine and bodywork) and has no additionalwaste.To hand your vehicle over at the end of its life without extra cost, go to one of our Dealerships or Fiat-authorised collection andscrapping centres. These centres have been carefully chosen to offer high quality service for the collection, treatment and recyclingof unused vehicles with respect to the environment.You can find further information on these collection and scrapping centres either from a Fiat or Fiat Commercial Vehicle Dealer-ship or by calling the freephone number 00800 3428 0000 or by going on the Fiat website.
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 209
Pagine_ITA.indd 4 18-05-2005 11:54:19
®
Always ask your mechanic for ®
Pagine_ITA.indd 1 18-05-2005 11:53:40
In the heart of your engine.
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 210
The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.
Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia
This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advancedinternational specifications. Its superior technical characteristics
allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performanceand protection of your engine.
The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:
SELENIA K PURE ENERGY
Pagine_ITA.indd 4 18-05-2005 11:54:19
Synthetic lubricant designed for latest generation, low emission, petrol engines. Its specific formulation warrants the utmost protection also for high performance turbocharged engines with high thermal stress. Its low ash content helps to maintain the total cleanliness of modern catalysts.
SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of the latest diesel engines. Low ash content to protect the particulate filter from the residual products of combustion. High Fuel Economy System that allows considerable fuel saving. It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure the protection of increasingly high performance diesel engines
SELENIA MULTIPOWERParticularly ideal for the protection of new generation petrol engines, very effective even in the most severe weather conditions. It guarantees a reduction in fuel consumption (Energy conserving) and it is also ideal for alternative engines.
SELENIA SPORTFully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs of high performance engines.Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stress conditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve the utmost performance in total safety.
The range also includes Selenia StAR Pure Energy, Selenia Racing, Selenia K, Selenia WR, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.For further information on Selenia products visit the web site www.selenia.com.
Pagine_ITA.indd 1 18-05-2005 11:53:40
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 211
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
1. Side adjustable air vents - 2. Side fixed air vents - 3. Right steering column stalk: windscreen, rear window wiper and trip com-puter controls - 4. Instrument panel - 5. Left steering column stalk: external lights - 6. Dashboard controls - 7. Central adjustable airvents - 8. Upper fixed air vent - 9. Front passenger’s air bag - 10. Glovebox - 11. Sound system (where provided) - 12. Heat-ing/ventilation/climate controls - 13. Ignition switch - 14. Driver’s air bag - 15. Steering wheel adjusting lever - 16. Control plate:front fog lights/rear fog lights/headlight aiming device/digital display/multifunction display.
F0M0426m
fig. 1
212
RIGHT
HAND
DRIVE
VERSI
ON
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 212
INSTRUMENT PANEL
F0M0427mfig. 2 - with digital display
F0M0428mfig. 3 - with multifunction display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and excessivetemperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Digital display
A Speedometer (speed indicator)
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and excessivetemperature warning light
D Rev counter
E Multifunction display
213
RIGHT
HAND
DRIVE
VERSI
ON
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 213
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. – Customer Services – Technical Services – Service Engineering – Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 – 10040 Volvera – Torino (Italia)Print no. 603.81.637 – 04/2010 – 2 edition
CHANGING ENGINE OIL
1.2 - 1.4 - 1.3 Multijet 75 HP
Tank capacity 45
Reserve 5 ÷ 7
Refuel petrol cars only with unleaded petrol with an octane rating (RON) of 95 or higher (EN228 specifications).Refuel diesel cars only with automotive diesel (EN590 specifications).
REFUELLING (litres)
2.2 2.12.2 2.2
2.2 2.02.2 2.2
2.2 2.12.2 2.2
2.2 2.02.2 2.2
2.4 2.12.5 2.2
2.3 2.12.3 2.3
1.2 1.4 1.3 Multijet 75 HPlitres kg litres kg litres kg
Engine sump and filter 2.6 2.25 2.6 2.25 3.2 2.75
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
Versions 1.2 1.4 1.3 Multijet 75 HPFront Rear Front Rear Front Rear
175/65 R15 84TMedium load Full load
185/65 R15 88TMedium load Full load
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed pressure when the tyres are warm. However, recheck that the value is correct with the tyre cold.With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the pressure recommended for standard tyres.When running at speeds higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at full-load pressures.
205-214 ACTUAL 2ed EN 30-04-2010 12:41 Pagina 214
The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.
If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer. Printed in recycled paper without chlorine. O W N E R H A N D B O O K
F I A T P U N T OENGLISH
PUNTO ACTUAL UM GB:PUNTO UM GB 28-07-2009 12:43 Pagina 1